grammar practice book 3

www.harcourtschool.com

GrammarPractice Book

Grade 3

RXENL08AWK31_GPB_i.indd iRXENL08AWK31_GPB_i.indd i 9/14/06 3:44:47 PM9/14/06 3:44:47 PM

Copyright © by Harcourt, Inc.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information

storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.

Permission is hereby granted to individuals using the corresponding student’s textbook or

kit as the major vehicle for regular classroom instruction to photocopy entire pages from

this publication in classroom quantities for instructional use and not for resale. Requests for

information on other matters regarding duplication of this work should be addressed to School

Permissions and Copyrights, Harcourt, Inc., 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida 32887-6777.

Fax: 407-345-2418.

HARCOURT and the Harcourt Logo are trademarks of Harcourt, Inc., registered in the United

States of America and/or other jurisdictions.

Printed in the United States of America

ISBN 10 0-15-349910-9

ISBN 13 978-0-15-3499104

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 12 11 10 09 08 07 06

If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Harcourt School

Publishers retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination

copies is strictly prohibited and is illegal.

Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this

publication, or any portion of it, into electronic format.

RXENL08AWK31_GPB_ii.indd iiRXENL08AWK31_GPB_ii.indd ii 9/14/06 4:17:06 PM9/14/06 4:17:06 PM

© Harcourt • Grade 3

Grammar Practice Book

ContentsTHEME 1

Lesson 1 Statements and Questions .................................................... 1

Lesson 2 Commands and Exclamations ............................................... 5

Lesson 3 Complete and Simple Subjects and Predicates ...................... 9

Lesson 4 Compound Subjects and Predicates .................................... 13

Lesson 5 Review ............................................................................... 17

THEME 2

Lesson 6 Simple and Compound Sentences ...................................... 19

Lesson 7 Common and Proper Nouns .............................................. 23

Lesson 8 Abbreviations ..................................................................... 27

Lesson 9 Singular and Plural Nouns .................................................. 31

Lesson 10 Review ............................................................................... 35

THEME 3

Lesson 11 Possessive Nouns ............................................................... 37

Lesson 12 Singular and Plural Pronouns .............................................. 41

Lesson 13 Subject and Object Pronouns ............................................. 45

Lesson 14 Pronoun-Antecedent Agreement ........................................ 49

Lesson 15 Review ............................................................................... 53

THEME 4

Lesson 16 Adjectives ........................................................................... 55

Lesson 17 Adjectives That Compare .................................................... 59

Lesson 18 Articles .............................................................................. 63

Lesson 19 Action Verbs ....................................................................... 67

Lesson 20 Review ............................................................................... 71

RXENL08AWK31_GPB_iii.indd iiiRXENL08AWK31_GPB_iii.indd iii 9/8/06 8:08:55 AM9/8/06 8:08:55 AM



ContentsTHEME 5

Lesson 21 The Verb Be ........................................................................ 73

Lesson 22 Main and Helping Verbs ..................................................... 77

Lesson 23 Present-Tense Verbs ............................................................ 81

Lesson 24 Past-Tense and Future-Tense Verbs ...................................... 85

Lesson 25 Review ............................................................................... 89

THEME 6

Lesson 26 Irregular Verbs .................................................................... 91

Lesson 27 Adverbs .............................................................................. 95

Lesson 28 Contractions ....................................................................... 99

Lesson 29 Punctuation ...................................................................... 103

Lesson 30 Review ............................................................................. 107

Index .................................................................................................. 109

RXENL08AWK31_GPB_iv.indd ivRXENL08AWK31_GPB_iv.indd iv 9/8/06 8:09:09 AM9/8/06 8:09:09 AM

Name Statements and Questions

Lesson 1Rewrite each group of words to form a statement that makes sense. Use capital letters and end marks correctly.

1. Vaughn on Maple Street lives

2. he a student new is

3. math he enjoys

4. flute the he plays

5. from London is Andrea

6. science she good is at

7. lives she near park the

8. she likes dance to

9. teaches Mr. Jackson third grade

10. He the welcomes children new

1 Grammar Practice Book

RXENL08AWK31_GPB_001.indd 1RXENL08AWK31_GPB_001.indd 1 8/10/06 6:33:29 PM8/10/06 6:33:29 PM


Lesson 1Rewrite each group of words to form a questionthat makes sense. Use capital letters and end marks correctly.

1. you do a brother have

2. what his name is

3. he to school go does

4. he read can

5. play he does where

Turn each statement into a question. Use the word in parentheses ( ) as the first word.

6. My little sister’s name is Sara. (What)

7. She copies everything I do. (Why)

8. She meets me after school. (When)

9. She wants to go to the store. (Where)


RXENL08AWK31_GPB_002.indd 2RXENL08AWK31_GPB_002.indd 2 8/15/06 10:04:42 AM8/15/06 10:04:42 AM

Name Grammar–Writing Connection

Lesson 1Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions that follow.

(1) I to like skip. (2) Why do I skip (3) it is more

fun than walking. (4) I skip all the way to school (5)

With my friends at recess. (6) you like to

skip, too?

1. In which sentence are the words in an order that does not make sense?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence does not tell a complete thought?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

3. Which sentence should end with a question mark?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

4. Which sentence is missing a period?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which word in Sentence 3 should be capitalized?A isB itC wayD fun

6. Which word would make sense in the blank in Sentence 6?A WhyB ButC DoD Where

Grammar Practice Book3



Lesson 1Add the correct end mark to each sentence.Then label each as a statement or a question.

1. Where is the teacher

2. I do not like to jump

3. When does Anita run

4. Do you know Mr. Wang

5. We play in the grass

Rewrite each group of words to form a statement or a question. Put the words in an order that makes sense. Use capital letters and end marks correctly.

6. to the park I go (statement)

7. do walk you to school (question)

8. Willow ball the throws (statement)

9. can Kurt play softball (statement)

10. you can football play (question)



Name Commands and Exclamations

Lesson 2Rewrite each sentence, using capital letters andend marks correctly. Then label each as a commandor an exclamation.

1. give the book to Violet

2. what a great author he is

3. how excited I am to read his new story

4. let your brother read

5. oops, I lost the book

6. help me find it

7. search in the living room

8. wow, it is a mess in here

9. hurray, here it is

10. look at the pretty cover




Lesson 2Rewrite each sentence, using capital letters andend marks correctly. Then label each as a statement,a question, a command, or an exclamation.

1. Cathy wants to be a writer

2. read Cathy’s story

3. what does she write about

4. what a good writer Cathy is

Add words and end marks to make four kinds of sentences out of the words in the box.

the things Cathy does

5. a question

6. a statement

7. an exclamation

8. a command



Name Grammar–WritingConnection


(1) Wow, today was an exciting day. (2) What an

interesting time we had (3) A firefighter visited our

school. (4) Our teacher how to prepare. (5) She told

us to think of questions to ask the firefighter (6) What

question do you think I asked.

1. Which sentence should end with an exclamation point?A Sentence 1B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6


3. Which end mark should Sentence 2 have?A a periodB a commaC a question markD an exclamation point

4. Which end mark should end Sentence 5 have?A a periodB a commaC a question markD an exclamation point

5. Which sentence is not complete?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

6. Which sentence is correct?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6




Lesson 2If the sentence is complete, add a correct endmark. If the sentence is not complete, write nota sentence.

1. My father is an author

2. How he loves to write

3. How do I help him

4. Things that he can write about

5. Read his latest book

6. Wow, it’s exciting

Add words and end marks to make four kinds of sentences.Each sentence is started for you.

7. a statement

You

8. a command

Go

9. an exclamation

What

10. a question

What



Name Complete and

Simple Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 3

Choose four sentences from a book or magazine. Write the sentences. Underline the simple subjects.

Underline the simple subject. Write the predicate.

1. Lisa went to boarding school.

2. My good friend learned at home.

3. He rode the bus to school.

4. His older sister studied dance.

5. I went to school.

6. Leroy enjoyed college.

7. The high school student worked on Sundays.

8. Dad helped my brother.

9. The little girl painted pictures.



Name Complete and


Lesson 3Underline the complete predicate. Write thesimple predicate.

1. Hannah likes math.

2. Science is my favorite subject.

3. Jamil studies French every day.

4. My cousin wears a uniform to school.

5. The teacher plans her lesson carefully.

6. The boys clean their desks.

7. The children read quietly.

8. Some students use a computer.

9. Everyone enjoys the class trip.

10. Valerie practices the trumpet.





(1) My little brother is five years old. (2) He goes

to kindergarten. (3) Kindergarten fun. (4) The young

children learn with toys and games.

1. Which is the complete subject of Sentence 1?A My littleB brotherC My little brotherD is five years old

2. Which is the complete predicate of Sentence 1?A isB five years oldC My little brotherD is five years old

3. Which is the simple subject of Sentence 2?A He goesB to kindergartenC HeD goes

4. Which is the simple predicate of Sentence 2?A HeB goes C goes to kindergartenD to kindergarten

5. Which is the complete subject of Sentence 4?A The young childrenB childrenC children learnD learn

6. Which sentence does not have a correct predicate?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4



Name Complete and


Lesson 3Add a complete subject to each predicate.Then underline the simple subject.

1. went to school.

2. played outside.

3. ate lunch.

4. took a nap.

5. performed on stage.

6. was made of brick.

Add a complete predicate to each subject. Then underline the simple predicate.

7. An art teacher .

8. The excited children .

9. He .

10. My mother .

11. The school .

12. The tired baby .



Name Compound

Subjects and Predicates

Lesson 4Rewrite each pair of sentences as one sentence.Draw one line under each compound subject andtwo lines under each compound predicate.

1. Juan played the piano. His sister played the piano.

2. The children worked hard. The children practiced every day.

3. Music filled the room. Laughter filled the room.

4. Michelle wanted to write poems. Diego wanted to write poems.

5. They wrote in their notebooks. They studied with a teacher.

6. My uncle went to school. My uncle learned to cook.

7. Carmen loved soccer. Her cousin loved soccer.

8. They played together. They won trophies.

9. Mr. Han’s students talked. Mr. Han’s students made plans.



Name Compound


Lesson 4Write the compound subject of each sentence.Add commas where they belong.

1. Ravi his grandmother and his grandfather went to the school concert.

2. Ravi’s teacher his neighbor and his friend were in the audience.

3. The violins cellos and flutes sounded beautiful.

4. The drums cymbals and gong played an exciting ending.

5. A tall woman a short man and a child left the hall first.

Write the compound predicate of each sentence. Add commas where they belong.

6. Ravi went home changed into pajamas and climbed into bed.

7. He lay down fell asleep and dreamed he was a musician.

8. He played a solo bowed and smiled at the audience.

9. The audience stood up clapped and cheered.



Name Grammar-WritingConnection

Lesson 4Read this part of a student’s rough draft.Then answer the questions that follow.

(1) Madeline and Ella were sisters. (2) They wanted to be doctors

when they grew up. (3) Their mother shared their goal. (4) Their father

shared their goal. (5) The girls worked hard and got good grades.

(6) They got into a special school succeeded and became doctors.

1. Which sentence has a compound subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. Which sentence needscommas to separate the compound predicates?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

3. Which sentences could be joined to make one sentence with a compound subject? A Sentences 2 and 3B Sentences 3 and 4C Sentences 4 and 5D Sentences 5 and 6

4. Which sentence has a compound predicate that is written correctly?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

5. Which of these sentences does not have a compound subject or a compound predicate?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

6. Which of these possible final sentences has a compound subject?A Their dream came true.B The sisters and their parents

had a dream that came true.C They healed and cured.D People admired them.



Name Compound


Lesson 4Add a compound subject or a compound predicate to complete each sentence.

1. studied art.

2. The athletes .

3. The music student .

4. took dance classes.

5. The actor .

6. watched the stars.

Rewrite each sentence. Add commas where they belong.Draw one line under each compound subject and two linesunder each compound predicate.

7. The soccer player ran kicked and scored.

8. Exercise rest and healthful food made the swimmer strong.

9. Raja his sister and his brother were good students.

10. The scientist wrote a book won a prize and gave a speech.




Lesson 5Read this part of a student’s rough draft.Then answer the questions that follow.

(1) There is something new in Room 112 (2) Can you

guess what it is (3) our rabbit has four babies. (4) How tiny

the bunnies are! (5) Wish could take one home. (6) Do you

bunnies like?

1. Which sentence should end with a period?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 6


3. In which sentence are the words in an order that does not make sense?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

4. Which word in Sentence 3 should be capitalized?A ourB rabbitC fourD babies

5. Which of the following is NOT a complete sentence?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which sentence is correct asit is?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6



Name

Lesson 5

Grammar–Writing Connection

Read this part of a student’s rough draft.Then answer the questions that follow.

(1) Eric watched the news on TV. (2) His father

watched the news on TV. (3) The newscaster talked

about special events. (4) A police officer a firefighter

and a teacher taught third graders about safety. (5) The

mayor took a trip and gave a speech.

1. Which is the simple subject of Sentence 1?A EricB Eric watchedC the newsD watched the news on TV

2. Which is the complete predicate of Sentence 3?A the newscasterB the newscaster talkedC talkedD talked about special events

3. What is missing in Sentence 4?A commasB a subjectC a simple predicateD a complete predicate

4. Which sentence has a compound subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which sentence has a compound predicate?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which sentences could be joined to make one sentence with a compound subject? A Sentences 1 and 2B Sentences 2 and 3C Sentences 3 and 4D Sentences 4 and 5



Name Simple and Compound Sentences

Lesson 6If the sentence is complete, label it as simple or compound. If it is a fragment, add words to make it complete.

1. My big sister has a job.

2. After school.

3. She works at a pet store.

4. She feeds the animals, and she cleans their cages.

5. Sweeps the floor.

6. My sister enjoys her job, but she also likes weekends.

7. She spends time with friends, or she relaxes at home.

8. My brother is sixteen, and he works on weekends.

9. He packs bags at a supermarket.

10. My family.




Lesson 6Use the words in the parentheses ( ) to join the pairs of sentences. Use commas correctly.

1. Today is Sunday. Andy goes to a football game. (and)

3. He is excited. He eats breakfast quickly. (and)

2. Linda wants to go with Andy. She is sick. (but)

4. Andy’s mother goes to the game. His father stays home. (but)

5. Tanya has strong legs. She loves to run. (and)

6. She likes softball. She likes basketball more. (but)

7. Some children play in the gym. Anna plays in the park. (but)

8. It is a hot day. Children sell lemonade. (and)

9. Darnell likes lemonade. He likes milk more. (but)

10. He walks to the store. He buys milk. (and)





(1) Maya is a third grader, or she helps her family. (2) She washes the

dishes, and she waters the plants. (3) Also cleans her room. (4) Maya’s

father makes breakfast most mornings. (5) Today he leaves early for work.

(6) Maya’s brother cooks eggs, he serves them to his family.

1. Which sentence is not complete?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence is a correct compound sentence?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

3. Which sentence has an incorrect joining word?A Sentence 1 B Sentence 2C Sentence 5 D Sentence 6

4. Sentence 5 is .A missing a joining wordB not completeC a simple sentenceD a compound sentence

5. Which word would BEST follow the comma in Sentence 6?A andB butC orD today

6. Which sentences could be joined with a comma followed by but?A Sentences 1 and 2B Sentences 3 and 4C Sentences 4 and 5D Sentences 5 and 6




Lesson 6Rewrite the sentences. Use commas and joining words correctly.

1. My father is a teacher and he works at a school.

2. He drives to work, he takes a bus.

3. He has lunch at work or he eats in the park.

4. Most days he eats tuna, today he eats egg salad.

Rewrite each pair of sentences as one sentence. Use commas and the joining words and or but correctly.

5. Mrs. Lopez loves to read. She owns a bookstore.

6. The store is small. It has many books.

7. Sasha works with animals. She enjoys her job.

8. She lives in the country. She works in the city.



Name Common and Proper Nouns

Lesson 7Underline the common nouns. Circle the proper nouns.

1. Officer Chan is from Dallas, Texas.

2. Marta has a dog named Rufus.

3. The family adopts two tiny kittens.

4. Fish swim in the Atlantic Ocean.

5. Kangaroos and koalas live in Australia.

6. Steve visits the big zoo in Los Angeles.

7. The children see a pretty deer.

8. There are many seals in Canada and Greenland.

9. Charlie rides a black horse at the fair.

10. Mr. Jones feeds the birds in Central Park.

11. People watch bats in Gainesville , Florida.

12. Buffy is a white dog, and Puff is an orange cat.

Find an article in a magazine. List five common nouns from the article. Then list five proper nouns.




Lesson 7Rewrite each sentence correctly. Capitalize the proper nouns.

1. A zookeeper came to class on thursday.

2. Emma got a rabbit on valentine’s day.

3. On saturday we visited the animal park.

4. The children learned about the first thanksgiving.

5. The first day of winter was wednesday, december 21.

6. Presidents’ day was in february.

7. Which holiday was on friday, november 11?

8. Elijah went to the beach every sunday in july.

9. The family went on vacation in december.

10. The memorial day picnic was on monday, may 28.




Lesson 7

(1) Robin and Pam are sisters, and they live in Michigan. (2) Their

family got a new puppy on labor day. (3) Daisy is a guide dog, and she will

help blind people when she grows up. (4) The children and their parents

raise the puppy. (5) Every they go to a dog training class

in Detroit.

Read this part of a student’s rough draft. Then answer the questions that follow.

1. Which word in Sentence 1 is a common noun?A RobinB sistersC liveD Michigan

2. Which word or words in Sentence 2 should be capitalized?A familyB newC puppyD labor day

3. Which of these words in Sentence 3 is NOT a noun?A DaisyB dogC growsD people

4. How many nouns are in Sentence 4?A 1B 2C 3D 4

5. A proper noun belongs in the blank in Sentence 5. Which word is correct?A SaturdayB weekC HolidayD april

6. Which sentence does NOT have a proper noun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5




Lesson 7Rewrite each sentence correctly.

1. danny has a Partner in the classroom.

2. Her Name is ann.

3. Danny and ann study every Afternoon.

4. On fridays the Children learn math.

Rewrite each sentence correctly. Underline the common nouns. Circle the proper nouns.

5. Independence day was on tuesday.

6. Yani’s class went to new york city and saw fireworks.

7. Lights filled the sky over the hudson river.

8. The Students wrote a report about their trip.



Name Abbreviations

Lesson 8Write the abbreviations for the underlined words.

1. Jean-Luc visits the United States.

2. Springfield is a city in Illinois.

3. Doctor Witky lives on Pine Road.

4. Tanisha is from New Mexico, but now she lives in Oregon.

5. The police station is on the corner of East Street and North Avenue.

6. Washington is next to California.

7. Mistress Rosen owns a house in Rhode Island.

8. Write to Mister Ngo at 122 Long Avenue, Gary, Indiana.

9. Lake Erie is north of Ohio, Pennsylvania, and New York.

10. Doctor Harrison takes a bus from Mississippi to Alabama.



Name Abbreviations

Lesson 8Write the abbreviation for each word.

1. January

2. Saturday

3. Wednesday

4. March

5. September

6. Friday

Correct the abbreviations.

7. Oct 19

8. aug. 25

9. mon, feb. 5

10. tues, nov 9




Lesson 8

(1) Block studies the animals in the ocean.

(2) He came to our school on Thursday, December 29.

(3) Our school is in ME. (4) He drove his car from MA.

(5) The students in Mistress Lewis’s class enjoyed his talk.

1. Which abbreviation could go in the blank in Sentence 1?A MrB mrC Mr. D dr.

2. Which is the correct abbreviation for the underlined word in Sentence 2?A thu.B THC ThursD Thurs.

3. Which is the correct abbreviation for the month in Sentence 2?A Dec.B dec.C DED dec

4. Which word should replace the abbreviation in Sentence 3?A MassachusettsB MaineC MinnesotaD Mississippi

5. Which word should replace the abbreviation in Sentence 4?A MassachusettsB MaineC MinnesotaD Montana

6. Which is the correct abbreviation for the underlined word in Sentence 5?A Mrs B Mrs. C Ms D Ms.




Name Abbreviations

Lesson 8Write the full word for each abbreviation.

1. FL

2. Tues.

3. Dr.

4. St.

5. Apr.

Find the words in each sentence that have abbreviations. Write the abbreviations.

6. Mister Ward’s party is on Sunday, November 5.

7. Send the letter to Doctor Johnson at 5 Mesa Street, El Paso, Texas.

8. In September, Mistress Torres’s class goes to the animal shelter on River Avenue.

9. Tennessee and Missouri are next to Kentucky.

10. Mistress Brecht spoke at the school on Barstow Road on Friday.



Name Singular and Plural Nouns

Lesson 9Rewrite each sentence using the plural form of the underlined noun. Use the word in parentheses ( ) before each plural noun.

1. Ari bakes a cake. (two)

2. He puts them in a box. (two)

3. Please buy a banana. (some)

4. We need a bunch. (three)

5. Lily picks a berry. (ten)

6. Marco wants a cookie. (four)

7. Abby eats a pear. (two)

8. She gives her sister a cherry. (five)

9. My father cuts a pepper. (two)

10. My brother eats a bite. (three)




Lesson 9Rewrite each sentence using the plural form of the underlined noun. Use a dictionary if you need to. Each new sentence is started for you.

1. One child had cereal for breakfast.

Three

2. One woman baked brownies.

Two

3. One mouse ran to the food bowl.

Three

4. One deer pulled leaves from the tree.

Four

5. One goose ate the bread.

Five

Rewrite each sentence. Replace the singular nouns in parentheses ( ) with the plural form. Use a dictionary if you need to.

6. Billy’s (foot) are tired.

7. Billy and the (man) cook soup for dinner.

8. After dinner he brushes his (tooth).




Lesson 9

1. Which is the correct plural form of the underlined word in Sentence 2?A dishsB dishiesC dishesD dish

2. Which is the correct plural form of the underlined word in Sentence 3?A forkesB forksC forkiesD fork

3. Which word in Sentence 4 is NOT a plural noun?A putsB glassesC menD women

4. The underlined word in Sentence 5 should be in its plural form. Which is correct?A childB childsC childesD children

5. A singular noun belongs in the blank in Sentence 6. Which word is correct?A dinnersB dineriesC dinner’sD dinner

6. Which sentence does NOT have a plural noun?A Sentence 1 B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

(1) It is Josh’s turn to set the table. (2) He uses his family’s

best dish. (3) He takes out a fork and spoons. (4) He puts out

glasses for the men and women. (5) He puts out cups for the

child. (6) Now can be served.





Lesson 9Write the correct plural form of each singular noun. Use a dictionary if you need to.

1. pot

2. raspberry

3. tomato

4. meal

5. rabbit

6. moose

7. sheep

8. puppy

Rewrite the sentences. Use the plural forms of the nouns in parentheses ( ). Use a dictionary if you need to.

9. The (child) made (sandwich).

10. Amber sliced (carrot) and (apple).

11. Do you want (blueberry) or (peach)?

12. Brush your (tooth) after you eat the (strawberry).



Name

Lesson 10



(1) Mrs. Sanchez’s class performed a play on , October 2.

(2) The Play was at the Madison Elementary School. (3) At 7:00 p.m.

(4) My sister Elaine acted, she did a great job. (5) My bedtime is

8:00 p.m. (6) My parents let me stay up late to watch the play.

1. Which word could go in the blank in Sentence 1?A MondayB tuesdayC eveningD lunchtime

2. Which word in Sentence 2 is incorrectly capitalized?A PlayB MadisonC ElementaryD School

3. Which word should follow the comma in Sentence 4?A butB orC andD tonight

4. Which is the proper noun in Sentence 4?A sisterB ElaineC greatD job

5. Which two simple sentences could be joined by a comma followed by but?A Sentences 1 and 2B Sentences 3 and 4C Sentences 4 and 5D Sentences 5 and 6

6. Which sentence is NOT complete?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6



Name

Lesson 10



(1) There is a mystery to solve at 10 Mountain Road.

(2) The Brooks children can’t find their puppy. (3) What

are the clue? (4) The door is open, and cookies are baking

in the house across the street. (5) Brooks says she

knows where the puppy is. (6) Do you?

1. What is the abbreviation for the underlined word in Sentence 1?A rdB rd.C Rd.D RD

2. What is the correct plural form of the noun in Sentence 3?A clueB cluesC clueesD cluies

3. How many SINGULAR nouns are in Sentence 4?A twoB threeC fourD five

4. How many PLURAL nouns are in Sentence 4?A oneB twoC threeD four

5. Which abbreviation could go in the blank in Sentence 5?A mrsB MrsC MSD Mrs.

6. Which sentence has an irregular plural noun?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5



Name Possessive Nouns

Lesson 11Write the possessive noun in each sentence.Label it as singular or plural.

1. Rico’s family has three children.

2. My brothers’ toys are on the floor.

3. Her sister’s name is Kristen.

4. Mason rides in his aunt’s car.

5. The families’ homes are nearby.

6. The boys’ grandfather comes to visit.

7. What is your mother’s job?

8. Shane wears his cousin’s hat.

9. Mr. Daly enjoys his sons’ softball game.

10. The dog’s leash is on the table.




Lesson 11If the underlined word needs an apostrophe (’),rewrite it correctly. If it is correct, write correct.

1. Ms. Roth held her daughters hand.

2. The schools auditorium was full.

3. The boys performed in a play.

4. My fathers camera was broken.

5. The student read two poems.

6. How many songs did they sing?

Write the plural form of each noun. Then write the plural possessive form.

7. uncle

8. grandson

9. violinist

10. glass

11. cherry

12. banana



Name

Lesson 11

Grammar–WritingConnection


(1) Mr. Kwon class put on a show. (2) The students families

were in the audience. (3) The student’s performed different

acts. (4) The act of Rachel was funny. (5) Rachel’s parents

smiled and clapped. (6) All the parents enjoyed the show.

1. Which singular possessive noun should be a plural noun?A show (Sentence 1)B audience (Sentence 2)C student’s (Sentence 3)D act (Sentence 4)

2. Which singular noun should also be possessive?A Mr. Kwon (Sentence 1)B audience (Sentence 2)C act (Sentence 4)D show (Sentence 6)

3. Which plural noun should also be possessive?A students (Sentence 2)B families (Sentence 2)C acts (Sentence 3)D parents (Sentence 5)

4. How could you rewritethe underlined phrase in Sentence 4?A the act’s of RachelB the acts of RachelC Rachel’s actD Rachels’ act

5. Which other word could replace parents in Sentence 6?A parents’B families’C students’D families

6. Which sentence is correct as it is written?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5




Lesson 11Rewrite each phrase. Use the correctpossessive noun.

1. the costumes that belong to the girls

2. the dance of Ron

3. the necklace owned by her grandmother

4. the bottles of the babies

5. the sleeves of the dresses

6. the car that belongs to my mother

Write sentences using the noun below. The words in parentheses ( ) tell which form of the noun to use.

dancer

7. (singular)

8. (plural)

9. (singular possessive)

10. (plural possessive)



Name Singular and Plural Pronouns

Lesson 12Write the two singular pronouns in each sentence.

1. She sent me a postcard.

2. Where did he put it?

3. I gave her the box.

4. It was a gift for you.

5. You spoke to him today.

6. He saw you yesterday.

7. She told me the story.

8. I enjoyed reading it.

9. You wrote a letter to her.

10. Did it interest him?




Lesson 12Write the plural pronoun in each sentence.

1. We took a flight to Mexico.

2. My aunt and uncle met us at the airport.

3. They smiled and said “Welcome!”

4. My sister was excited to see them.

Rewrite each sentence. Use a plural pronoun to replace each underlined phrase.

5. The girls went to camp last summer.

6. The girls wrote to my friend and me.

7. My friend and I wrote to the girls.

8. My friend and I told the girls about our soccer team.

9. Did you and your brother send letters to the girls?

10. The girls were happy to get the letters.

11. The letters arrived every Monday.

12. They just got a letter from Mom and Dad.



Name

Lesson 12



(1) Natasha has a pen pal named Chen. (2) Chen lives in

China. (3) Natasha and Chen write every week. (4) Natasha

and Chen tell each other about the things they do. (5) Last

week Natasha wrote to Chen about the school play. (6) Natasha

told him that everyone enjoyed the play.

1. Which sentence has a singular pronoun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

2. Which sentence has a plural pronoun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

3. Which pronoun could replace the underlined word in Sentence 2?A HeB HimC TheyD It

4. Which pronoun could replace the underlined words in Sentence 4?A HeB SheC TheyD Them

5. Which pronoun could replace the underlined word in Sentence 6?A ItB SheC HerD They

6. Which word(s) could be replaced by the pronoun it ?A Natasha (Sentence 1)B Natasha and Chen

(Sentence 3)C week (Sentence 5)D the play (Sentence 6)




Lesson 12Write the pronoun in each sentence.Then label each as S (singular) or P (plural).

1. We learned about Chile today.

2. Mr. Edwards showed us two maps.

3. He hung the maps on the wall.

4. They showed volcanoes and a desert.

5. The students looked at them carefully.

6. Mr. Edwards asked me to point to the desert.

Rewrite each sentence with a correct pronoun.

7. Ellen studied Spanish because wanted to visit Spain.

8. The class was fun, and the students enjoyed .

9. The teacher brought pictures to show .

10. He took the pictures when was in Spain.



Name Subject andObject Pronouns

Lesson 13Write the pronoun in each sentence. Thenlabel each pronoun as subject or object.

1. Ms. Edison teaches us about flowers.

2. A student asks her how flowers grow.

3. Ms. Edison answers him.

4. She talks to the class about sunlight.

5. Flowers need it to make food and grow.

6. We learn more about flowers.

7. Bees collect pollen from them.

8. I write a paper on flowers.

Find four sentences in a book or magazine that have pronouns. Copy the sentences. Underline the subject pronouns. Circle the object pronouns.




Lesson 13Rewrite each sentence. Use subjectpronouns correctly.

1. Me and Anna went to the library.

2. I and she studied trees.

3. You and me looked at books and pictures.

4. Me and he learned about pine trees.

5. I and Deon wrote a report together.

Rewrite each sentence. Use object pronouns correctly.

6. Show the flowers to Ryan and I.

7. My mother gave me and my sister a plant.

8. Please help him and I with the report.

9. Jenny came to the library with him and I.

10. The librarian offered to help me and Ryan.



Name

Lesson 13



(1) Me and my mother planted an apple seed in a pot.

(2) We watered the seed. (3) The seed grew leaves and roots.

(4) My mother moved it to the yard. (5) I watched my mother

pack soil around the little plant. (6) One day the seed will

become an apple tree.

1. Which sentence has a singular subject pronoun?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence has a plural subject pronoun?A Sentence 2B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

3. Which type of pronoun is it in Sentence 4?A singular subject pronounB plural subject pronounC singular object pronounD plural object pronoun

4. How should the underlined phrase in Sentence 1 be written?A My mother and meB Me and herC Her and meD My mother and I

5. Which of these could replace the underlined words in Sentence 3?A a singular subject pronounB a plural subject pronounC a singular object pronounD a plural object pronoun

6. Which of these could replace the underlined words in Sentence 5?A a singular subject pronounB a plural subject pronounC a singular object pronounD a plural object pronoun




Lesson 13Write a subject or object pronoun to replace each underlined word or phrase.

1. Ariel’s sister taught Ariel about bees.

2. Ariel’s sister told Ariel that bees are insects.

3. Ariel and I watched bees in the park.

4. Ariel and I saw the bees fly.

5. Ariel’s father gave Ariel and me a book.

6. The book had pictures of bees.

Rewrite each sentence. Use I and me correctly.

7. You and me picked pears from the tree.

8. Todd ate cherries with my friend and I.

9. Me and my brother sliced apples.

10. They shared the plums with me and him.



Name Pronoun–

AntecedentAgreement

Lesson 14Write the correct pronoun for each sentence.Then write the noun that it refers to.

1. A bird catches worms and brings (it/them) back to the nest.

2. A mouse eats the crumbs that (it/they) finds.

3. The dogs see the man, and (him/they) start to bark.

4. John sees Michael and waves to (him/them).

5. Squirrels gather nuts and hide (it/them).

6. A spider spins a web and traps flies in (it/them).

7. Bats eat the insects that (it/they) catch.

8. Simon sees two little kittens and stops to pet (him/them).

9. A bear goes into a cave, where (it/they) sleeps all winter.

10. The boys buy a gift for Mrs. Johnson and give it to (her/them).



Name Pronoun-

AntecedentAgreement

Lesson 14Rewrite each sentence. Replace the underlinedword or phrase with a pronoun.

1. Luis hugs Beth and welcomes Beth home.

2. Beth smiles at Luis and thanks Luis.

3. My sister invites Beth to play in the garden.

4. Luis goes to the garden too, and Luis plants flowers.

5. Beth finds an anthill when Beth is in the yard.

6. John makes dinner while John is in the kitchen.

7. He bakes cookies for Janet and gives them to Janet.

8. Janet eats a cookie, and Janet thanks John.

9. John is pleased because John loves to bake.

10. Janet buys John a cookbook and gives the cookbook to him.



Name

Lesson 14



(1) Mr. Kay lives in a house that Mr. Kay built. (2) The

house is high up in the hills, and it is far from the city.

(3) Mr. Kay likes the hills because the hills have a great view of

the city. (4) Mr. Kay’s children drive up a winding road when

she come to visit. (5) The children love their father and enjoy

visiting .

1. Which pronoun could replace the underlined words in Sentence 1?A heB sheC theyD it

2. Which pronoun could replace the underlined words in Sentence 3?A heB sheC theyD it

3. Which pronoun could go in the blank in Sentence 5?A itB themC himD her

4. Which word does the pronoun it refer to in Sentence 2?A houseB highC hillsD city

5. Which sentence has a pronoun that does not agree with the noun it refers to?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

6. Which pronoun could replace the underlined words in Sentence 5?A ItB ThemC TheyD He



Name Pronoun–

AntecedentAgreement

Lesson 14Circle the pronoun in each sentence. Rewritethe sentence. Correct the pronoun so that it agreeswith the underlined word.

1. The nest was too high for Maria to see him.

2. Maria was excited because he saw an owl.

3. Luke was homesick when it went to camp.

4. The girls invited Hillary to play with her .

5. John wrote a letter and sent them home.

6. John’s parents wrote back to it.

Fill in each blank with a correct pronoun. Then underline the word or words that the pronoun refers to.

7. Honeybees live in hives, where have jobs to do.

8. Worker bees feed the queen bee and protect .

9. Honeybees gather nectar and use to make honey.

10. Some people keep bees and collect honey from .



Name

Lesson 15



(1) Tony is the friend of Joan. (2) Tony tells Joan that he is

upset. (3) Joan asks he what is wrong. (4) Tony says that he lost his

mothers pen. (5) Joan helps him look for the pen. (6) Together they

find it under Tony’s bed.

1. Which sentence has a singular possessive noun?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. Which sentence hasan incorrectly written possessive noun?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

3. Which phrase could replacethe underlined phrase in Sentence 1?A the friend’s of JoanB the friends of JoanC Joan’s friendD Joans’ friend

4. Which pronoun could replace the underlined word in Sentence 2?A heB sheC himD her

5. Which pronoun could replace the underlined phrase in Sentence 5?A itB herC himD them

6. Which sentence has an incorrect pronoun?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6



Name

Lesson 15



(1) Yasmin writes for a newspaper that she started. (2) She reports

on what is new in school. (3) Yesterday Yasmin wrote about something

that happened to her. (4) She found a kitten in the school playground.

(5) Yasmin took the kitten home and gave them to her father. (6) Her

father was happy to have the kitten.

1. Which word does the pronoun in Sentence 1 refer to?A YasminB writesC newspaperD she

2. Which sentence has a singular subject pronoun?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

3. Which sentence has a singular object pronoun?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

4. Which sentence has a pronoun that does not agree with the noun that it refers to?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

5. Which could replace the underlined words in Sentence 6?A a singular subject pronounB a plural subject pronounC a singular object pronounD a plural object pronoun

6. Which pronoun could replace the words the kitten in Sentence 5?A sheB itC theyD them



Name

Lesson 16

Adjectives

Write the adjective. Then write the noun that it describes.

1. A brown bear sat in the cave.

2. The bear was hungry.

3. The forest was big.

4. The raccoon saw the purple berries.

5. The happy raccoon ate the berries.

6. A small child climbed a rock.

7. The rock was huge.

8. A plant grew in a tiny pot.

9. The plant was green.

10. The pot was round.

11. The wolf ran through the dark woods.

12. The wolf was gray.

Write two sentences that could begin a story. Use at least one adjective in each sentence. Circle each adjective, and draw an arrow to the noun it describes.



Name

Lesson 16

Adjectives

Write the adjective that tells how many.

1. Some wolves live in the forest.

2. Seven wolves run in the pack.

3. The wolf has five toes on each paw.

4. A wolf’s coat has two layers.

5. Wolves howl for several reasons.

6. The mother wolf has six babies.

Write the adjective that tells how many. Rewrite the sentence. Replace the number word with an adjective that tells how many without giving an exact number.

7. Four students wrote a story together.

8. The story was about six squirrels.

9. A woman read eleven stories to her children.

10. There were seven pictures in the book.

11. The book had ninety pages.

12. Three women waited for the bus to arrive.



Name

Lesson 16



(1) I climbed a little tree in my friend’s yard. (2) I picked cherries

from the tree. (3) I gave cherries to my father. (4) My

father had green apples at home. (5) He made a beautiful salad with

the red cherries and two green apples.

1. Which sentence has an adjective that tells how many?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence has an adjective that tells what color?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

3. Which sentence has an adjective that tells what size?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

4. Which sentence does NOT have an adjective?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which is the BEST word to complete Sentence 3? A thinB someC unkindD big

6. Which sentence has the most adjectives?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5



Name

Lesson 16

Adjectives

Underline the two adjectives in each sentence. Then write whether each adjective tells what kind or how many.

1. Many wolves eat five pounds of food a day.

2. A few wolves have blue eyes.

3. The coats of some wolves are white.

4. Big wolves weigh more than ninety pounds.

Rewrite the sentences. Add an adjective before each underlined noun. Use an adjective that answers the question in parentheses ( ).

5. The apple fell from the tree. (What color?)

6. There were apples on the tree. (How many?)

7. Fatima ate the apple. (What size?)

8. I cut the apple into slices. (What shape?)



Name Adjectives That Compare

Lesson 17Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct form of the adjective in parentheses ( ).

1. The lion is (large) than the fox.

2. The peacock has the (pretty) feathers of all the birds.

3. The bear is the (strong) animal in the forest.

4. The beetle is (tiny) than the worm.

5. The horse runs (fast) than the donkey.

6. That dog has the (loud) bark in town.

7. Sabrina’s rabbit is (fluffy) than my rabbit.

8. The dolphin is the (smart) of all the ocean animals.

9. The cat is (friendly) today than it was yesterday.

10. We have the (cute) pet on the block.




Lesson 17Rewrite each sentence. Use more or the most correctly before each adjective.

1. These berries are delicious than those berries.

2. The cherry tree is beautiful of the three trees.

3. This hike is difficult than the last hike.

4. A hurricane is frightening than a rainstorm.

5. Thunder makes terrifying sound of all.

6. This is wonderful sunrise that I have ever seen.

7. The hawk is powerful bird in the forest.

8. This lake has unusual fish in the state.

9. This forest is enormous than the Black Hills National Forest.

10. This story is interesting one I have ever read.



Name


(1) My brother is older than I am. (2) He took me camping in a big

forest last weekend. (3) The forest was the beautiful place that I have

ever visited. (4) The trees were tall than my house. (5) In the morning

we saw a brown bear. (6) I was scared than my brother, and my scream

was than his!

1. Which sentence has the correct form of an adjective that compares?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. Which adjective needs the ending -er?A beautiful (Sentence 3)B tall (Sentence 4)C brown (Sentence 5)D scared (Sentence 6)

3. Which adjective needs the word more before it?A older (Sentence 1)B big (Sentence 2)C beautiful (Sentence 3)D scared (Sentence 6)

4. Which adjective needs the word most before it?A older (Sentence 1)B beautiful (Sentence 3)C brown (Sentence 5)D scared (Sentence 6)

5. Which are the correct adjectives that compare for the adjective big in Sentence 2?A bigger, biggestB big, biggestC more big, most bigD more bigger, most biggest

6. Which is the BEST way to complete Sentence 6?A more loudB most loud C louderD loudest





Lesson 17Write the form of each adjective that compares two things. Then write the form that compares three or more things.

1. playful

2. funny

3. afraid

4. important

5. high

6. exciting

Rewrite each sentence correctly.

7. The raccoon was small than the fox.

8. Today’s sunset was lovely than yesterday’s sunset.

9. That cliff was the most steep one I have ever climbed.

10. The river was more deeper than the stream.



Name Articles

Lesson 18Write the article in each sentence and the noun it introduces.

1. Angela went to the city.

2. She visited a friend.

3. Angela’s friend lived in an apartment.

4. They took the bus.

5. They went to a museum.

6. They saw a painting.

7. It had a frame.

8. Children played in the grass.

9. A bird ate pieces of bread.

10. The man played his violin.

11. The friends went home.

12. They took a train.

Find four sentences that use articles in a book or a magazine. Copy the sentences. Circle the articles. Draw an arrow from each article to the noun it introduces.



Name Articles

Lesson 18Rewrite each sentence. Use a or an to fill in the blank.

1. Jessie’s older sister is artist.

2. She is making clay sculpture.

3. Jeff buys paper and box of paints.

4. He draws some squares and oval.

Rewrite each sentence. Use a, an, or the to fill in the blank.

5. Several paintings hang on white walls.

6. Abe is excellent painter.

7. This is biggest museum.

8. You need some paper and pencil for drawing.

9. young artists will have an art show.



Name

Lesson 18



(1) My aunt lives in house in the country. I visited her last

weekend. (2) On Saturday we saw a owl. (3) owl was in a tree.

(4) On Sunday we rode a tractor and picked apples. (5) My aunt

made baked apples that night. (6) apples were delicious.

1. Which of these sentences has an article that is used correctly?A Sentence 2B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. In which sentence should the article a be changed to an?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

3. Which word should fill in the blank in Sentence 6?A AB AnC TheD One

4. Which word would BEST fill in the blank in Sentence 1?A aB anC theD several

5. Which word would BEST fill in the blank in Sentence 3?A AB AnC TheD Some

6. Which sentence does NOT have an article?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5



Name Articles

Lesson 18Use the articles a, an, and the to write two singular forms of each plural noun.

Examples: birds: a bird, the bird

icy roads: an icy road, the icy road

1. skyscrapers

2. elevators

3. rooftops

4. noisy trains

5. escalators

6. shops

7. airports

8. excited boys

9. red cars

Write a sentence for each article. Circle the article, and underline the noun that it introduces.

10. a

11. an

12. the



Name Action Verbs

Lesson 19Write the complete predicate of each sentence. Underline the action verb.

1. The woman walks to the market.

2. She buys fruit and vegetables.

3. The animals gather in the yard.

4. The cows moo at the ducks.

5. The sun shines brightly.

6. The weather reporter predicts rain.

7. The boy helps his sister.

8. The children eat a good meal.

9. I enjoy the folktale.

10. We discuss the characters.



68

Name Action Verbs

Lesson 19Underline the correct action verb in each sentence.

1. The chicken (lay/lays) five eggs.

2. Ava (watch/watches) the little chicks.

3. I (plant/plants) corn and tomatoes.

4. He (plow/plows) the field.

5. Children (play/plays) near the barn.

6. We (sell/sells) milk and cheese.

7. The dog (bark/barks) loudly.

Choose an action verb from the box to complete each sentence. Then write the sentence.

8. The chickens in the dirt.

9. The rooster everyone.

10. We a basket of eggs.

11. Tyrell eggs to the market.

12. She feed around the yard.

takes carry wakes scratch scatters



Name

Lesson 19



(1) Rosa lives in Mexico City. (2) She soccer. (3) She

and her father watch games together on TV. (4) One Sunday they rides

a bus to a game at a stadium. (5) The home team wins. (6) The excited

fans stand and cheer.

1. Which is the verb in Sentence 1?A RosaB livesC inD Mexico

2. Which of these action verbs does not agree with its subject?A watch (Sentence 3)B rides (Sentence 4)C wins (Sentence 5)D stand (Sentence 6)

3. Which sentence has a singular subject and a verb that agrees?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

4. Which action verb could complete Sentence 2?A likeB enjoyC lovesD play

5. Which sentence has two action verbs?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

6. Which sentence has a plural subject and a verb that agrees?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5



Name Action Verbs

Lesson 19Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

1. An egg (hatch/hatches) in the nest.

2. The ducklings (follow/follows) their mother.

3. The farmer (hurry/hurries) home.

4. Mice (scurry/scurries) around the barn.

5. We (milk/milks) the cows every morning.

6. She (drive/drives) the big tractor.

7. Jessica (help/helps) my brother dry dishes.

8. They (clean/cleans) the kitchen.



Name


(1) There was an art show at the library yesterday. (2) Children

displayed their art. (3) I showed two paintings. (4) They were the

largest ones in the room. (5) There were also photographs

and a black sculpture. (6) The sculpture was interesting than the

photographs.

1. Which sentence uses the correct form of an adjective that compares?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. Which adjective needs the word more before it?A two (Sentence 3)B largest (Sentence 4)C black (Sentence 5)D interesting (Sentence 6)

3. Which adjective could be written before Children in Sentence 2?A ManyB OneC HundredD Each

4. Which adjective that tells what kind could fill in the blank in Sentence 5?A biggestB tiniestC smallD some

5. Which sentence has an adjective that tells what color?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which of these sentences does NOT have an adjective?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5




Name

Lesson 20



(1) Luke interviews his mother for a newsletter at school. (2) He

asks his mother questions and writes down a answers. (3)

questions are about his mother’s job. (4) Luke’s mother is a engineer.

(5) She plans bridges, and people builds them. (6) Students enjoy the

report that Luke writes.

1. In which sentence should the article be changed to an?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

2. Which word could fill in the blank in Sentence 3?A AB AnC TheD Writes

3. Which sentence has a plural noun with an article that does NOT agree?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 6

4. Which of these action verbs does NOT agree with its subject?A interviews (Sentence 1)B writes (Sentence 2)C plans (Sentence 5)D builds (Sentence 5)

5. Which sentence has only one action verb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

6. Which sentence has a plural subject and an action verb that agrees?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 6



Name The Verb Be

Lesson 21Write the form of the verb be in each sentence.

1. Laura is cold without her hat.

2. The winter was long.

3. The gloves are on the chair.

4. I am warmer now.

5. The girls were at home.

6. Julio is with Laura.

7. The children are at the skating rink.

8. Those boys were good skaters.

9. The lake is frozen this morning.

10. The grass is covered with snow.

11. I am tired at the end of the day.

12. A huge snowball is next to the house.

13. It is the beginning of a snowman.

14. We were excited to begin.

15. I am freezing outside.

Write four sentences about your classroom, using the verb be. Use a singular subject in two sentences and a plural subject in the other two. Underline the forms of the verb be.



Name The Verb Be

Lesson 21Rewrite each sentence. Choose the correct form of the verb be in parentheses ( ).

1. It (is, are) summer.

2. I (is, am) at the ocean.

3. We (was, were) warm in the sun.

4. He (is, am) in the water.

5. They (was, were) with their friends.

6. You (is, are) on a beach blanket.

7. I (was, are) at the snack bar.

8. It (is, are) next to a playground.

9. They (is, are) on the swings.

10. She (is, are) sleepy at the end of the day.



Name


(1) My friends and I are at a park. (2) We is very happy.

(3) Flowers are everywhere. (4) A squirrel in a tree.

(5) I smile at it. (6) Spring are my favorite season.

1. Which sentence has a form of the verb be that does NOT agree with the subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

2. Which does NOT have a form of the verb be?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

3. Which could go in the blank in Sentence 4?A amB isC areD were

4. How should the form of the verb be in Sentence 6 be written?A amB areC wereD is

5. Which has a form of the verb be that links the subject to words that tell what?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

6. Which has a form of the verb be that links the subject to words that tell where?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 5D Sentence 6




Name The Verb Be

Lesson 21Circle the form of the verb be in each sentence. Then write whether each links the subject to words that tell what or where.

1. Some seals are white.

2. The penguin chick was fuzzy.

3. You were on the shore.

4. That shark is near a whale.

5. I am with my parents.

6. They are scientists.

Rewrite each sentence, using a correct form of the verb be. Then write S above each singular subject and P above each plural subject.

7. Those fish small and silver.

8. We close to the beaver’s dam.

9. He in a wooden boat.

10. The river full of life.



Name Main and Helping Verbs

Lesson 22Circle the helping verb and underline the main verb in each sentence.

1. Some butterflies can fly long distances.

2. Moths are attracted to the light.

3. The mosquito could bite you!

4. We have seen many insects this summer.

5. She will study bees at the library.

6. I am writing a report on ladybugs.

7. The bats were looking for food.

8. You should watch that hummingbird.

9. The ducks had flown south for the winter.

10. An eagle is gliding through the sky.

11. The hawk has spotted a mouse.

12. A parrot may live for 80 years.

Write four sentences about your day at school, using main and helping verbs. Circle the helping verbs. Underline the main verbs.




Lesson 22Circle the helping verbs, and underline the main verbs.

1. I did not watch the sunset.

2. We will now change into pajamas.

3. I could not see the moon.

4. It was hidden behind a cloud.

5. They would not go to bed.

6. The baby has never slept through the night.

7. The dogs were already sleeping.

8. Stars are shining in the sky.

Rewrite each sentence, using a helping verb from the box.

9. Moths fly up to 25 miles per hour.

10. That moth not have spots on its wings.

11. The butterfly walking on a leaf.

12. Those butterflies gone to Mexico for the winter.

is does can have



Name


(1) In her dreams, Mandy can fly. (2) She gliding over

the city at night. (3) The sun have set. (4) It will soon become

dark. (5) Mandy loves her dream. (6) She will forget it.

1. Which has a helping verb that does NOT agree with the subject?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. Which has a main verb and a helping verb used correctly?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

3. The word not should follow the helping verb in Sentence 6. Where should it go?A after She B after will C after forget D after it

4. In which sentence should the helping verb is go before the main verb?A Sentence 2B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

5. Which does NOT have a helping verb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

6. Which are the main and helping verbs in Sentence 4?A will and soonB will and becomeC soon and becomeD become and dark





Lesson 22Rewrite the sentences. Add a helping verb to each one.

1. I never studied mammals.

2. We learn about bats.

3. We go to the library.

4. Butterflies see red, yellow, and green.

5. A butterfly landed on that leaf.

6. That butterfly laid 400 eggs.

7. Butterflies fly only when they are warm.

8. The librarian found a great book about butterflies.



Name Present-TenseVerbs

Lesson 23Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct present-tense form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

1. I (help) my family.

2. My sister (plant) carrot seeds.

3. We (work) together in the garden.

4. My brother (pick) tomatoes.

5. My mother (carry) them inside.

6. My father (wash) the tomatoes.

7. He (slice) them into small pieces.

8. I (make) a salad for dinner.

9. A friend (eat) with us.

10. She (enjoy) the salad.




Lesson 23Write the verb in each sentence. Then write S if the subject is singular or P if the subject is plural.

1. We plan a picnic.

2. I make sandwiches.

3. A dish breaks.

4. Lila fixes it with glue.

5. The children eat under a tree.

6. Teresa hears thunder.

7. They put the food away.

8. She runs home.

Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct present-tense form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

9. Leah (like) this book.

10. The prince (marry) the princess.

11. He (write) a fairy tale.

12. We (enjoy) the story.



Name

Lesson 23

(1) My father and I make a cake for my brother’s birthday.

(2) I mix the ingredients. (3) My father bake the cake in the

oven. (4) We ices it together. (5) My brother the cake

at his party. (6) loves it.


1. Which sentence has a singular subject and a correct present-tense verb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

2. Which sentence has a singular subject and an incorrect present-tense verb? A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

3. Which sentence has a plural subject and a correct present-tense verb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

4. Which sentence has a plural subject and an incorrect present-tense verb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

5. Which is a present-tense verb that could fill in the blank in Sentence 5?A eatingB eatC eatsD ate

6. Which subject could fill in the blank in Sentence 6?A HeB WeC He and his friendsD My brother’s friends





Lesson 23Rewrite each sentence correctly, using the subject in parentheses ( ). Be sure that the verb in your sentence agrees with its new subject.

Example: Glenda likes math. (My brothers)

1. I enter a writing contest. (George)

2. The teachers judge the contest. (A teacher)

3. One student wins the contest. (Two students)

4. We like stories about animals. (You)

5. She prefers true stories. (He)

6. The princesses meet a prince. (The princess)

7. We hurry home from school. (They)

8. Our mother opens the front door. (We)

My brothers like math.



Name Past-Tense and Future-Tense Verbs

Lesson 24Write the verb in each sentence. Then label it as present, past, or future tense.

1. Jen finishes her homework quickly.

2. Simon will write an essay next week.

3. The teacher assigned five math problems.

4. You carried a dictionary to school.

5. Students will read their reports aloud.

6. Jason draws a picture in art class.

7. We tried the science experiment at home.

8. The children named three kinds of plants.

9. My sister learns Spanish in high school.

10. I will ask my mother for help.




Lesson 24Rewrite each sentence. Use the future-tense form of the verb in parentheses ( ).

1. Yolanda (stay) home from school today.

2. She (go) to the doctor later.

3. The doctor (give) her some medicine.

4. She (feel) much better tomorrow.

Write a sentence that uses the future-tense form of the verb.

5. run

6. play

7. hurry

8. watch



Name


(1) Paul all week for today’s math test. (2) Soon

he take the test. (3) He clears his desk. (4) His teacher hands

him the test sheet. (5) She smiles and says “Good luck.” (6) Paul

worked hard, and he will do well on the test.

1. Which verb form BEST completes Sentence 1?A studyB will studyC studiedD studies

2. Which verb needs the helping verb will to make it a correct future-tense verb?A take (Sentence 2)B clears (Sentence 3)C smiles (Sentence 5)D worked (Sentence 6)

3. Which sentence does NOT have a present-tense verb?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

4. Which sentence has two correct present-tense verbs?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

5. Which sentence has a correct past-tense verb?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

6. Which sentence has a correct future-tense verb?A Sentence 3B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6





Lesson 24Underline the verb in each sentence. Then rewrite the sentence in the tense shownin parentheses ( ).

1. The children study quietly. (past)

2. The teacher will talk about the report. (past)

3. Many students enjoyed music class. (present)

4. Mr. Green scores the test. (future)

5. Tim will hurry to school. (present)

6. We play outside during recess. (past)

7. You solved the math problem. (future)

8. Misha practices the flute. (past)



Name

Lesson 25



(1) Mia and Simon writing a story. (2) The story are about a robot.

(3) The robot is funny. (4) It say all sorts of things. (5) The

children are excited. (6) They will show the story to their teacher.

1. Which sentence has a singular subject and the correct form of the verb be?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. Which sentence has a plural subject and the correct form of the verb be?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

3. Which sentence has a form of the verb be that does not agree with the subject?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

4. Which helping verb should go before the main verb in Sentence 1?A haveB willC canD are

5. Which helping verb could complete Sentence 4?A haveB hadC canD is

6. Which other helping verb could replace will in Sentence 6?A hadB canC haveD were



Name

Lesson 25



(1) William loves space. (2) He looked at pictures of the sun

and moon when he was younger. (3) Now he read books about

the solar system. (4) He will learn about the planets. (5) He will

studies space travel. (6) One day he will become an astronaut.

1. Which sentence has a correct past-tense verb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence has a correct present-tense verb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

3. Which sentence has an incorrect form of a future-tense verb?A Sentence 2B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

4. Which verb should end with an s?A looked (Sentence 2)B read (Sentence 3)C learn (Sentence 4)D become (Sentence 6)

5. Which is the future-tense form of the verb in Sentence 1?A loveB will loveC will lovesD loved

6. Which is the past-tense form of the verb in Sentence 4?A learnB learnsC can learnD learned



Name Irregular Verbs

Lesson 26Rewrite each sentence. Use the verb and tense shown in parentheses ( ).

1. I a spider yesterday. (see—past tense)

2. The spider home to its web. (go—past tense)

3. Shondra a pet spider. (have—past tense)

4. Zack that he likes spiders. (say—present tense)

5. A spider several things to catch insects. (do—present tense)

6. A fly to the spider’s web. (come—present tense)

7. That spider (have—present tense) a sticky web.

8. The spider (do—past tense) its work quickly.




Lesson 26Rewrite each sentence, using the correct present-tense verb in parentheses ( ).

1. The tired pig (lies, lays) in the grass.

2. The sun (rises, raises) over the field.

3. The farmer (sits, sets) her bucket on a stool.

4. He (lies, lays) a blanket over the horse.

5. We (sit, set) together under an apple tree.

Rewrite each sentence. Use the past-tense form of the verb shown in parentheses ( ).

6. Gwen in the sun all afternoon. (lie)

7. The children early for school. (rise)

8. You the eggs on the table. (set)

9. The hen many eggs. (lay)



Name Grammar–WritingConnection


(1) The sun risen, and it was a beautiful morning. (2) Nathan

in the grass. (3) He watched as three deer came to the river.

(4) Nathan saw the deer drink. (5) He say nothing, because he did not

want to scare them. (6) When the deer had finished drinking, Nathan

to his feet and walked quietly home.

1. Which verb form could go in the blank in Sentence 2?A laysB laidC lainD lay

2. Which is the present-tense form of the verb saw in Sentence 4?A did seenB had seenC had seeD sees

3. Which is a correct past-tense verb to replace the underlined verb in Sentence 5?A saysB sayedC saidD saying

4. Which verb needs the helping verb had before it?A risen (Sentence 1)B saw (Sentence 4)C drink (Sentence 4)D scare (Sentence 5)

5. Which are the present-tense forms of the verbs in Sentence 3?A watches, comeB did watch, had comeC had watched, had comeD will watch, will come

6. Which verb form could go in the blank in Sentence 6?A riseB roseC raiseD raised




Lesson 26Rewrite each sentence, using the verb tense in parentheses ( ).

1. The spider laid eggs. (present tense)

2. I have two books on spiders. (past tense)

3. The farmer’s daughter had done her chores. (present tense)

4. She sits at the kitchen table. (past tense)

5. Her brother comes home from school. (past tense)

6. He will say “giddyup” to the horse. (past tense)

7. The neighbors raised their new flag. (present tense)

8. We saw many animals on the farm. (present tense)



Name Adverbs

Lesson 27Write the adverb in each sentence. Then write whether it tells how, where, or when.

1. Ants work together in colonies.

2. We saw an ant hill outside.

3. I observed ants earlier.

4. You touched one ant gently.

5. Soon the ants will dig a nest.

6. Some ants left a trail here.

7. The big ant moves slowly.

8. Wow, those ants go everywhere!

9. The ants carefully carry a bread crumb.

10. Worker ants always care for their queen.

11. Now the ants walk in a line.

12. Those ants live underground.

Write three sentences about your day at school. Use an adverb in each sentence. One adverb should tell how, one should tell where, and one should tell when.



Name Adverbs

Lesson 27Rewrite each sentence. Use the correct comparative form of the adverb in parentheses ( ).

1. This ant works (hard) than that ant.

2. Which butterfly flies the (low)?

3. The shark swims (fast) than the fish.

4. That dolphin jumps the (high) of all.

5. These birds will fly south (soon) than those birds.

Rewrite each sentence. Add more or the most before the adverb.

6. The nightingale sings beautifully of all the birds.

7. A tiger moves silently than an elephant.

8. The horse drinks often than the camel.

9. My dog wags its tail happily of all.



Name


(1) I like science, and I work hard. (2) Yesterday I read about

spiders. (3) Today I studied the planets. (4) I learned that Earth

spins than Mercury. (5) I also learned that Mercury

moves around the sun the of all the planets. (6) I will

visit a science museum soon, and I will learn more there.

1. Which word does the adverb in Sentence 1 describe?A IB likeC scienceD work

2. Which sentence has an adverb that tells how?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 6

3. Which sentence has an adverb that tells where?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 6

4. Which sentence does NOT have an adverb that tells when?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 6

5. Which form of an adverb could go in the blank in Sentence 4?A fastB faster C more fasterD fastest

6. Which form of an adverb could go in the blank in Sentence 5?A quick B quicklyC most quickly D more quickly




Name Adverbs

Lesson 27Write the adverb in each sentence. Then write the verb that it describes.

1. My teacher talks excitedly about science.

2. Tomorrow we will learn about insects.

3. Of all the students, Evan studied the longest.

4. I speak more softly than the other students at the library.

Rewrite each sentence. Complete it with an adverb that answers the question in parentheses ( ).

5. This spider crawls than that spider. (How?)

6. I put my report . (Where?)

7. you will learn about the sun. (When?)



Name Contractions

Lesson 28Rewrite each sentence. Replace the underlined words with a contraction.

1. It is an exciting day.

2. I am going to be in a baking contest.

3. Some children did not know about the contest.

4. You are bringing two pies.

5. My brothers are not baking anything.

6. They had not entered the contest.

7. The judges were not in the room.

8. They are eager to taste my cookies.

9. My father could not come to the contest.

10. We should not eat too much cake.



Name Contractions

Lesson 28Rewrite each sentence, using the correct word(s) in parentheses ( ).

1. You hadn’t (ever, never) told me about volcanoes.

2. I don’t know (nothing, anything) about them.

3. My brother hasn’t won (any, no) science prizes yet.

4. My sister doesn’t have (none, any) either.

5. We haven’t told (anybody, nobody) about the contest.

6. Laurie wouldn’t tell her friends (neither, either).

7. Carlos won’t go (anywhere, nowhere) without a notebook.

8. Isn’t (no one, anyone) in the classroom?

9. Those children never enter (any, no) contests.

10. No one said (nothing, anything) about cleaning up.



Name


(1) Maria is not going to give up! (2) She is making an electric

buzzer for her science project. (3) She has not ever made one before, but

her teacher showed her how. (4) Now Maria doesn’t even need no help.

(5) Maria’s teacher smiles at her. (6) glad that she’s in his class.

1. Which sentence has a contraction that is formed with a pronoun?A Sentence 2B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

2. Which sentence has a contraction that is formed with the word not?A Sentence 1B Sentence 4C Sentence 5D Sentence 6

3. Which sentence does NOT have two words that could form a contraction?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

4. In which sentence could you form a contraction that includes a subject pronoun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which is a correct contraction that could go in the blank in Sentence 6?A He’sB Hes’C He’dD He’re

6. Which sentence has an error in it?A Sentence 2B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5




Name Contractions

Lesson 28Rewrite each sentence. Replace each contraction with the words used to form it.

1. Alice doesn’t see that we’re waving.

2. She’s worried that we haven’t arrived.

3. I’m glad that you didn’t stay home.

4. It isn’t clear that he’s the winner.

If the sentence is correct, write correct. If it is not, rewrite it correctly.

5. Wouldn’t you like any help?

6. I don’t see my teacher nowhere.

7. There wasn’t nobody in the cafeteria.



Name Punctuation

Lesson 29Rewrite each sentence. Use capital letters and commas correctly.

1. my father my sister and i watch the stars every night.

2. we sit outside in june july and august.

3. there is a telescope at school and i can use it.

4. mrs. morgan helps us point the telescope toward mars.

5. on monday we look at jupiter but on tuesday we look at saturn.

6. the sky is bright with fireworks on independence day.

7. i lie in the grass close my eyes and listen.

8. karen learns about the planets at lincoln elementary school.

9. she reads books looks at pictures and asks questions.

10. students can watch a short movie or they can read quietly.



Name Punctuation

Lesson 29Rewrite each title correctly. The words in parentheses ( ) tell what kind of title each one is.

1. Charlie and the Chocolate Factory (book)

2. In Which Piglet Is Entirely Surrounded by Water (chapter from a book)

3. Hickory, Dickory, Dock (song)

4. Ranger Rick (magazine)

5. Lake Country Gazette (newspaper)

Rewrite each sentence. Write titles correctly.

6. Have you read the book Little House on the Prairie?

7. My little sister likes the song Three Blind Mice.

8. Robert Louis Stevenson wrote a poem called The Lamplighter.

9. Students Speak is a column in our school newspaper.



Name

Lesson 29



(1) Mr. mercado is my neighbor and he knows a lot about the

stars. (2) he gave me a book called find the constellations. (3) My

brother my best friend and i read the book together. (4) We learned

that there is a group of stars named Ursa Major. (5) they are supposed

to look like a bear but they just look like pretty stars to me.

1. Which sentence is NOT missing one or more commas?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

2. Which sentence needs two commas?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

3. Which sentence has a proper noun that should be capitalized?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

4. Which sentence does NOT have a pronoun that should be capitalized?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

5. Which sentence has a title that should be capitalized and underlined?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4

6. Which sentence has a correct proper noun?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 4



Name Punctuation

Lesson 29Rewrite each sentence correctly.

1. sometimes i sing my favorite song.

2. that song is called twinkle, twinkle, little star.

3. those three stars are named altair castor and polaris.

4. sirius is the brightest star in the sky and i see it at night.

5. you can read about stars in a magazine called Ask.

6. mrs. wong reads to children at the library in middletown.

7. she lives in new york but she works in connecticut.

8. today she reads the book a child’s introduction to the night sky.



Name


(1) Yesterday my class went to an animal park. (2) We saw lions

from the window of the school bus. (3) One lion on a rock.

(4) Monkeys played happily in the trees. (5) Some of them come excitedly

to the bus. (6) , I will write a story about all the animals I seen.

1. Which of these verb forms could go in the blank in Sentence 3?A sitB setsC satD set

2. Which verb needs the helping verb have before it?A went (Sentence 1)B saw (Sentence 2)C write (Sentence 6)D seen (Sentence 6)

3. Which is the past-tense form that could replace the underlined verb in Sentence 5?A comesB comedC came D camed

4. Which sentence has an adverb that tells when?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

5. Which sentence does NOT have an adverb?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which adverb could go in the blank in Sentence 6?A TomorrowB More quicklyC Most slowlyD More slow




Name

Lesson 30



(1) Latisha, Latisha’s father and his friend went to Tonto

National Forest in Arizona. (2) They stay long but they

had a great time. (3) They camped, hiked and swam on friday.

(4) On Saturday night they sang a song around the campfire

called “Make New Friends.” (5) Latisha didn’t never want to leave

the forest.

1. Which sentence has a contraction?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

2. Which contraction could go in the blank in Sentence 2?A doesn’tB aren’tC couldn’tD they’re

3. Which sentence has a double negative that needs to be corrected?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

4. Which of these sentences does NOT need a comma added?A Sentence 1B Sentence 2C Sentence 3D Sentence 5

5. Which of these sentences has a proper noun that is incorrect?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5

6. Which sentence is correct?A Sentence 1B Sentence 3C Sentence 4D Sentence 5





INDEX

AAbbreviations, 27–30, 36

calendar, 28, 30, 36

postal, 27, 28, 30, 35

titles of people, 27, 29, 30, 35

Action verbs, 67–70, 72

Adjectives, 55–58

comparing with, 59–62, 71

Adverbs, 95–98, 107

comparing with, 96–98, 107

Antecedentsagreement with pronouns, 49–54

Apostrophesin contractions, 99–102, 108

in possessive nouns, 38

Articles, 63–66, 72

BBe (verb), 73–79, 89

CCapitalization

proper nouns, 24–26, 35

sentences, 1–6, 17, 103, 105

titles, 104–105

Commands, 5–8

Commas, 103, 105

compound sentences, 20–21

compound subjects and predicates,

14–16

series, 14–16, 18

Common nouns, 23, 25–26

Complete predicates, 9–12, 18

Complete subjects, 11–12

Compound predicates, 13–16, 18

Compound sentences, 19–22, 35

Compound subjects, 13–16, 18

Conjunctions, 20–22

Contractions, 99–102, 108

DDeclarative sentences, 1–4

EEnd marks, 1–8, 17

Exclamations, 5–8

Exclamatory sentences, 5–8

FFuture-tense verbs, 85–88, 90

HHelping verbs, 77–80, 89

IImperative sentences, 5–8

Interrogative sentences, 2–4

Irregular verbs, 91–94

MMain and helping verbs, 77–80, 89

MechanicsSee Capitalization; Commas; End marks;

Punctuation




NNegatives, 99–102, 108

Nounscapitalization of, 24–26, 35

common, 23, 25–26

possessive, 37–40, 53

proper, 23–26, 35

singular and plural, 31–34, 36

See also Abbreviations; Titles

OObject pronouns, 45–48, 53–54

PPast-tense verbs, 85, 87–88, 90–94, 107

Plural nouns, 31–34, 36

Plural possessive nouns, 37–40

Plural pronouns, 42–44

Possessive nouns, 37–40, 53

Predicatescomplete, 9–12, 18

compound, 13–16, 18

simple, 10–12

Present-tense verbs, 81–85, 87–88,

90–94, 107

Pronounsantecedents of, 49–54

singular and plural, 41–44

subject and object, 45–48, 53–54

Proper nouns, 23–26, 35

Punctuation, 103–106

apostrophes in contractions, 99–102,

108

Punctuation (con’t)

apostrophes in possessive nouns, 38

commas, 14–16, 20–21, 103, 105

end marks, 1–8, 17

QQuestions, 2–4

SSentences

capitalization of, 1–6, 17, 103, 105


simple, 19, 35

Sentences, kinds ofdeclarative, 1–4

exclamatory, 5–8

imperative, 5–8

interrogative, 2–4

Simple predicates, 10–12

Simple sentences, 19, 35

Simple subjects, 9, 11–12, 18

Singular nouns, 31–34, 36

Singular possessive nouns, 37–40

Singular pronouns, 41, 43–44

Statements, 1–4

Subject pronouns, 45–48, 53–54

Subject-verb agreement, 68–70, 73–76,

81–84, 89–90

Subjectscomplete, 11–12


simple, 9, 11–12, 18




TTenses

future, 85–88, 90

past, 85, 87–88, 90–94, 107

present, 81–85, 87–88, 90–94, 107

Theme ReviewsTheme 1, 17–18

Theme 2, 35–36

Theme 3, 53–54

Theme 4, 71–72

Theme 5, 89–90

Theme 6, 107–108

Titlescapitalization of, 27, 29, 30, 36,

103–106, 108

of people, 27, 29, 30, 35

of books, songs, poems, 104–106, 108

See also Abbreviations; Punctuation

VVerbs

action, 67–70, 72

be, forms of, 73–79, 89

future tense, 85–88, 90

irregular, 91–94

main and helping, 77–80, 89

past tense, 85, 87–88, 90–94, 107

present tense, 81–85, 87–88,

90–94, 107

See also Subject-verb agreement


GrammarPractice Book

Teacher EditionGrade 3

Visit The Learning Site!

www.harcourtschool.com

Copyright © by Harcourt, Inc.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.

Requests for permission to make copies of any part of the work should be addressed to School Permissions and Copyrights, Harcourt, Inc., 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida 32887-6777. Fax: 407-345-2418.

HARCOURT and the Harcourt Logo are trademarks of Harcourt, Inc., registered in the United States of America and/or other jurisdictions.Printed in the United States of America

ISBN 10 0-15-349916-8ISBN 13 978-0-15-3499166

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 12 11 10 09 08 07 06

If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Harcourt School Publishers retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination copies is strictly prohibited and is illegal.

Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this publication, or any portion of it, into electronic format.

RXENL08ATE31_GPB_i.indd 1RXENL08ATE31_GPB_i.indd 1 10/26/06 5:16:20 PM10/26/06 5:16:20 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

ContentsTHEME 1

Lesson 1 Statements and Questions ......................................................................... 3Lesson 2 Commands and Exclamations .................................................................... 5Lesson 3 Complete and Simple Subjects and Predicates ........................................... 7Lesson 4 Compound Subjects and Predicates ........................................................... 9Lesson 5 Review .................................................................................................... 11

THEME 2

Lesson 6 Simple and Compound Sentences ........................................................... 12Lesson 7 Common and Proper Nouns ................................................................... 14Lesson 8 Abbreviations ........................................................................................... 16Lesson 9 Singular and Plural Nouns ........................................................................ 18Lesson 10 Review .................................................................................................... 20

THEME 3

Lesson 11 Possessive Nouns .................................................................................... 21Lesson 12 Singular and Plural Pronouns ................................................................... 23Lesson 13 Subject and Object Pronouns ................................................................... 25Lesson 14 Pronoun-Antecedent Agreement .............................................................. 27Lesson 15 Review .................................................................................................... 29

THEME 4

Lesson 16 Adjectives ................................................................................................ 30Lesson 17 Adjectives That Compare ......................................................................... 32Lesson 18 Articles .................................................................................................... 34Lesson 19 Action Verbs ............................................................................................ 36Lesson 20 Review .................................................................................................... 38

THEME 5

Lesson 21 The Verb Be .............................................................................................. 39Lesson 22 Main and Helping Verbs ........................................................................... 41Lesson 23 Present-Tense Verbs ................................................................................. 43Lesson 24 Past-Tense and Future-Tense Verbs ........................................................... 45Lesson 25 Review .................................................................................................... 47

THEME 6

Lesson 26 Irregular Verbs ......................................................................................... 48Lesson 27 Adverbs ................................................................................................... 50Lesson 28 Contractions ............................................................................................ 52Lesson 29 Punctuation ............................................................................................. 54Lesson 30 Review .................................................................................................... 56

RXENL08ATE31_GPB_ii.indd iiRXENL08ATE31_GPB_ii.indd ii 10/26/06 5:17:35 PM10/26/06 5:17:35 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSt

atem

ents

an

d

Qu

esti

on

s

Less

on

1R

ewri

te e

ach

gro

up o

f w

ord

s to

fo

rm a

st

atem

ent

that

mak

es s

ense

. Use

cap

ital

lett

ers

and

en

d m

arks

co

rrec

tly.

1.

Vaug

hn o

n M

aple

Str

eet

lives

2.

he a

stu

dent

new

is

3.

mat

h he

enj

oys

4.

flute

the

he

pla

ys

5.

from

Lon

don

is A

ndre

a

6.

scie

nce

she

good

is a

t

7.

lives

she

nea

r p

ark

the

8.

she

likes

dan

ce t

o

9.

teac

hes

Mr.

Jack

son

third

gra

de

10.

He

the

wel

com

es c

hild

ren

new

Vaug

hn li

ves

on M

aple

Stre

et.

He is

a n

ew s

tude

nt.

He e

njoy

s m

ath.

He p

lays

the

flute

.

Andr

ea is

from

Lon

don.

She

is g

ood

at s

cien

ce.

She

likes

to d

ance

.

She

lives

nea

r the

par

k.

Mr.

Jack

son

teac

hes

third

gra

de.

He w

elco

mes

the

new

chi

ldre

n.

1G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_001

.indd

18/

10/0

66:

33:2

9PM

3 Student Edition p. 1

RXENL08ATE31_GPB.indd 3RXENL08ATE31_GPB.indd 3 10/4/06 9:18:24 PM10/4/06 9:18:24 PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSt

atem

ents

an

d

Qu

esti

on

s

Less

on

1R

ewri

te e

ach

gro

up o

f w

ord

s to

fo

rm a

que

stio

nth

at m

akes

sen

se. U

se c

apit

al le

tter

s an

d e

nd

m

arks

co

rrec

tly.

1.

you

do a

bro

ther

hav

e

2.

wha

t hi

s na

me

is

3.

he t

o sc

hool

go

does

4.

he r

ead

can

5.

pla

y he

doe

s w

here

Turn

eac

h s

tate

men

t in

to a

que

stio

n. U

se t

he

wo

rd

in p

aren

thes

es (

) a

s th

e fi

rst

wo

rd.

6.

My

little

sis

ter’s

nam

e is

Sar

a. (

Wha

t)

7.

She

cop

ies

ever

ythi

ng I

do. (

Why

)

8.

She

mee

ts m

e af

ter

scho

ol. (

Whe

n)

9.

She

wan

ts t

o go

to

the

stor

e. (

Whe

re)

Do y

ou h

ave

a br

othe

r?

Wha

t is

his

nam

e?

Does

he

go to

sch

ool?

Can

he re

ad?

Whe

re d

oes

he p

lay?

Wha

t is

your

littl

e si

ster

’s n

ame?

Why

doe

s sh

e co

py e

very

thin

g yo

u do

?

Whe

n do

es s

he m

eet y

ou?

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Whe

re d

oes

she

wan

t to

go?

2G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_002

.indd

28/

15/0

610

:04:

42AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

1R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en

answ

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) I

to l

ike

skip

. (2) W

hy

do I

skip

(3) it

is

more

fun

th

an w

alkin

g. (4

) I s

kip

all

th

e w

ay t

o s

chool

(5)

Wit

h m

y fr

ien

ds

at r

eces

s. (6

)

you l

ike

to

skip

, too?

1.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

are

the

wor

ds in

an

orde

r th

at d

oes

not

mak

e se

nse?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

not

tel

l a

com

ple

te t

houg

ht?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld e

nd

with

a q

uest

ion

mar

k?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is m

issi

ng a

p

erio

d?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

3 sh

ould

be

cap

italiz

ed?

Ais

Bit

Cw

ayD

fun

6.

Whi

ch w

ord

wou

ld m

ake

sens

e

in t

he b

lank

in S

ente

nce

6?A

Why

BBu

tC

Do

DW

here

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

3

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_003

.indd

38/

15/0

610

:05:

00AM

4 Student Edition pp. 2–3


© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e St

atem

ents

an

d

Qu

esti

on

s

Less

on

1A

dd

th

e co

rrec

t en

d m

ark

to e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

Then

lab

el e

ach

as

a st

atem

ent

or

a qu

esti

on.

1.

Whe

re is

the

tea

cher

2.

I do

not

like

to ju

mp

3.

Whe

n do

es A

nita

run

4.

Do

you

know

Mr.

Wan

g

5.

We

pla

y in

the

gra

ss

Rew

rite

eac

h g

roup

of

wo

rds

to f

orm

a s

tate

men

t o

r a

que

stio

n. P

ut t

he

wo

rds

in a

n o

rder

th

at m

akes

sen

se.

Use

cap

ital

lett

ers

and

en

d m

arks

co

rrec

tly.

6.

to t

he p

ark

I go

(sta

tem

ent)

7.

do w

alk

you

to s

choo

l (q

uest

ion)

8.

Will

ow b

all t

he t

hrow

s (s

tate

men

t)

9.

can

Kurt

pla

y so

ftba

ll (s

tate

men

t)

10.

you

can

foot

ball

pla

y (q

uest

ion)

ques

tion

?

stat

emen

t. ?

?

.

ques

tion

ques

tion

stat

emen

t

I go

to th

e pa

rk.

Do y

ou w

alk

to s

choo

l?

Will

ow th

row

s th

e ba

ll.

Kurt

can

play

sof

tbal

l.

Can

you

play

foot

ball?

4G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_004

.indd

4

8/15

/06

10:

05:2

4 AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

om

man

ds

and

Ex

clam

atio

ns

Less

on

2R

ewri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce, u

sin

g c

apit

al le

tter

s an

den

d m

arks

co

rrec

tly.

Th

en la

bel

eac

h a

s a

com

man

do

r an

exc

lam

atio

n.

1.

give

the

boo

k to

Vio

let

2.

wha

t a

grea

t au

thor

he

is

3.

how

exc

ited

I am

to

read

his

new

sto

ry

4.

let

your

bro

ther

rea

d

5.

oop

s, I

lost

the

boo

k

6.

help

me

find

it

7.

sear

ch in

the

livi

ng r

oom

8.

wow

, it

is a

mes

s in

her

e

9.

hurr

ay, h

ere

it is

10.

look

at

the

pre

tty

cove

r

How

exc

ited

I am

to re

ad h

is n

ew s

tory

!; ex

clam

atio

n

Give

the

book

to V

iole

t.; c

omm

and

Wha

t a g

reat

aut

hor h

e is

!; ex

clam

atio

n

Let y

our b

roth

er re

ad.;

com

man

d

Oops

, I lo

st th

e bo

ok!;

excl

amat

ion

Help

me

find

it.; c

omm

and

Sear

ch in

the

livin

g ro

om.;

com

man

d

Wow

, it i

s a

mes

s in

her

e!; e

xcla

mat

ion

Hurr

ay, h

ere

it is

!; ex

clam

atio

n

Look

at t

he p

retty

cov

er.;

com

man

d

5G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_005

.indd

58/

10/0

66:

34:1

9PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

om

man

ds

and

Ex

clam

atio

ns

Less

on

2R

ewri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce, u

sin

g c

apit

al le

tter

s an

den

d m

arks

co

rrec

tly.

Th

en la

bel

eac

h a

s a

stat

emen

t,a

ques

tion

, a c

omm

and,

or

an e

xcla

mat

ion.

1.

Cat

hy w

ants

to

be a

writ

er

2.

read

Cat

hy’s

sto

ry

3.

wha

t do

es s

he w

rite

abou

t

4.

wha

t a

good

writ

er C

athy

is

Ad

d w

ord

s an

d e

nd

mar

ks t

o m

ake

four

kin

ds

of

sen

ten

ces

out

of

the

wo

rds

in t

he

bo

x. th

e th

ing

s C

ath

y d

oes

5.

a q

uest

ion

6.

a st

atem

ent

7.

an e

xcla

mat

ion

8.

a co

mm

and

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Cath

y w

ants

to b

e a

writ

er.;

stat

emen

t

Read

Cat

hy’s

sto

ry.;

com

man

d

Wha

t a g

ood

writ

er C

athy

is!;

excl

amat

ion

Wha

t doe

s sh

e w

rite

abou

t?; q

uest

ion

Wha

t are

the

thin

gs C

athy

doe

s?

Thes

e ar

e th

e th

ings

Cat

hy d

oes.

Wow

, Cat

hy d

oes

som

e ex

citin

g th

ings

!

Thin

k ab

out t

he th

ings

Cat

hy d

oes.

6G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_006

.indd

69/

18/0

66:

25:1

8PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

gC

on

nec

tio

n

Less

on

2R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en

answ

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) W

ow, t

od

ay w

as a

n e

xcit

ing

day

. (2) W

hat

an

inte

rest

ing

tim

e w

e h

ad (3

) A f

iref

igh

ter

visi

ted

our

sch

ool.

(4) O

ur

teac

her

how

to p

rep

are.

(5) S

he

told

us

to t

hin

k o

f ques

tion

s to

ask

th

e fi

refi

ghte

r (6)

Wh

at

ques

tion

do y

ou t

hin

k I

ask

ed.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld e

nd

with

an

excl

amat

ion

poi

nt?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld e

nd

with

a q

uest

ion

mar

k?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch e

nd m

ark

shou

ld

Sent

ence

2 h

ave?

Aa

per

iod

Ba

com

ma

Ca

que

stio

n m

ark

Dan

exc

lam

atio

n p

oint

4.

Whi

ch e

nd m

ark

shou

ld e

nd

Sent

ence

5 h

ave?

Aa

per

iod

Ba

com

ma

Ca

que

stio

n m

ark

Dan

exc

lam

atio

n p

oint

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is n

ot

com

ple

te?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is c

orre

ct?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

7G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_007

.indd

79/

18/0

66:

25:3

9PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e C

om

man

ds

and

Ex

clam

atio

ns

Less

on

2If

th

e se

nte

nce

is c

om

ple

te, a

dd

a c

orr

ect

end

mar

k. If

th

e se

nte

nce

is n

ot

com

ple

te, w

rite

not

a se

nten

ce.

1.

My

fath

er is

an

auth

or

2.

How

he

love

s to

writ

e

3.

How

do

I hel

p h

im

4.

Thin

gs t

hat

he c

an w

rite

abou

t

5.

Read

his

late

st b

ook

6.

Wow

, it’s

exc

iting

Ad

d w

ord

s an

d e

nd

mar

ks t

o m

ake

four

kin

ds

of

sen

ten

ces.

Each

sen

ten

ce is

sta

rted

fo

r yo

u.

7.

a st

atem

ent

You

8.

a co

mm

and

Go

9.

an e

xcla

mat

ion

Wha

t

10.

a q

uest

ion

Wha

t

. !

?

not a

sen

tenc

e

.

!

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

have

bro

wn

eyes

.

to s

choo

l.

a ni

ce d

ay it

is!

are

you

doin

g?

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

8G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_008

.indd

8

8/10

/06

6:3

5:56

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

om

ple

te a

nd

Si

mp

le S

ub

ject

s an

d P

red

icat

es

Less

on

3

Ch

oo

se f

ou

r se

nte

nce

s fr

om

a b

oo

k o

r m

agaz

ine.

Wri

te t

he

sen

ten

ces.

U

nd

erlin

e th

e si

mp

le s

ub

ject

s.

Un

der

line

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

. Wri

te t

he

pre

dic

ate.

1.

Lisa

wen

t to

boa

rdin

g sc

hool

.

2.

My

good

frie

nd le

arne

d at

hom

e.

3.

He

rode

the

bus

to

scho

ol.

4.

His

old

er s

iste

r st

udie

d da

nce.

5.

I wen

t to

sch

ool.

6.

Lero

y en

joye

d co

llege

.

7.

The

high

sch

ool s

tude

nt w

orke

d on

Sun

days

.

8.

Dad

hel

ped

my

brot

her.

9.

The

little

girl

pai

nted

pic

ture

s.

wen

t to

boar

ding

sch

ool Ac

cept

reas

onab

le re

spon

ses.

lear

ned

at h

ome

rode

the

bus

to s

choo

l

stud

ied

danc

e

wen

t to

scho

ol

enjo

yed

colle

ge

wor

ked

on S

unda

ys

help

ed m

y br

othe

r

pain

ted

pict

ures

9G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_009

.indd

98/

10/0

66:

37:0

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

om

ple

te a

nd

Si

mp

le S

ub

ject

s an

d P

red

icat

es

Less

on

3U

nd

erlin

e th

e co

mp

lete

pre

dic

ate.

Wri

te t

he

sim

ple

pre

dic

ate.

1.

Han

nah

likes

mat

h.

2.

Scie

nce

is m

y fa

vorit

e su

bjec

t.

3.

Jam

il st

udie

s Fr

ench

eve

ry d

ay.

4.

My

cous

in w

ears

a u

nifo

rm t

o sc

hool

.

5.

The

teac

her

pla

ns h

er le

sson

car

eful

ly.

6.

The

boys

cle

an t

heir

desk

s.

7.

The

child

ren

read

qui

etly

.

8.

Som

e st

uden

ts u

se a

com

put

er.

9.

Ever

yone

enj

oys

the

clas

s tr

ip.

10.

Vale

rie p

ract

ices

the

tru

mp

et.

likes

is stud

ies

wea

rs

plan

s

clea

n

read

use

enjo

ys

prac

tices

10G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_010

.indd

108/

10/0

66:

37:5

7PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

3R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en

answ

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) M

y li

ttle

bro

ther

is

five

yea

rs o

ld. (2

) He

goes

to k

ind

erga

rten

. (3) K

ind

erga

rten

fun

. (4) T

he

youn

g

chil

dre

n l

earn

wit

h t

oys

and

gam

es.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct

of S

ente

nce

1?A

My

little

Bbr

othe

rC

My

little

bro

ther

Dis

five

yea

rs o

ld

2.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te

pre

dica

te o

f Sen

tenc

e 1?

Ais

Bfiv

e ye

ars

old

CM

y lit

tle b

roth

erD

is fi

ve y

ears

old

3.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

of

Sent

ence

2?

AH

e go

esB

to k

inde

rgar

ten

CH

eD

goes

4.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

pre

dica

te

of S

ente

nce

2?A

He

Bgo

esC

goes

to

kind

erga

rten

Dto

kin

derg

arte

n

5.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te s

ubje

ct

of S

ente

nce

4?A

The

youn

g ch

ildre

nB

child

ren

Cch

ildre

n le

arn

Dle

arn

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

not

hav

e a

corr

ect

pre

dica

te?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

11G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_011

.indd

118/

15/0

610

:06:

45AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e C

om

ple

te a

nd

Si

mp

le S

ub

ject

s an

d P

red

icat

es

Less

on

3A

dd

a c

om

ple

te s

ubje

ct t

o e

ach

pre

dic

ate.

Then

un

der

line

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

.

1.

w

ent

to s

choo

l.

2.

p

laye

d ou

tsid

e.

3.

at

e lu

nch.

4.

to

ok a

nap

.

5.

p

erfo

rmed

on

stag

e.

6.

w

as m

ade

of b

rick.

Ad

d a

co

mp

lete

pre

dic

ate

to e

ach

sub

ject

. Th

en u

nd

erlin

e th

e si

mp

le

pre

dic

ate.

7.

An

art

teac

her

.

8.

The

exci

ted

child

ren

.

9.

He

.

10.

My

mot

her

.

11.

The

scho

ol

.

12.

The

tired

bab

y

.

The

good

stu

dent

Thre

e bo

ys

The

hung

ry c

hild

ren

The

little

girl

Som

e da

ncer

s

The

new

hou

se cam

e to

our

cla

ssro

om

jum

ped

up a

nd d

own

wal

ked

to th

e st

ore

help

ed m

e st

udy

was

on

the

corn

er

clos

ed h

er e

yesPo

ssib

le re

spon

ses

are

show

n.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

12G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_012

.indd

12

8/10

/06

6:4

0:13

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

om

po

un

dSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

4R

ewri

te e

ach

pai

r o

f se

nte

nce

s as

on

e se

nte

nce

.D

raw

on

e lin

e un

der

eac

h c

om

po

und

sub

ject

an

dtw

o li

nes

un

der

eac

h c

om

po

und

pre

dic

ate.

1.

Juan

pla

yed

the

pia

no. H

is s

iste

r p

laye

d th

e p

iano

.

2.

The

child

ren

wor

ked

hard

. The

chi

ldre

n p

ract

iced

eve

ry d

ay.

3.

Mus

ic fi

lled

the

room

. Lau

ghte

r fil

led

the

room

.

4.

Mic

helle

wan

ted

to w

rite

poe

ms.

Die

go w

ante

d to

writ

e p

oem

s.

5.

They

wro

te in

the

ir no

tebo

oks.

The

y st

udie

d w

ith a

tea

cher

.

6.

My

uncl

e w

ent

to s

choo

l. M

y un

cle

lear

ned

to c

ook.

7.

Car

men

love

d so

ccer

. Her

cou

sin

love

d so

ccer

.

8.

They

pla

yed

toge

ther

. The

y w

on t

rop

hies

.

9.

Mr.

Han

’s s

tude

nts

talk

ed. M

r. H

an’s

stu

dent

s m

ade

pla

ns.

Juan

and

his

sis

ter p

laye

d th

e pi

ano.

The

child

ren

wor

ked

hard

and

pra

ctic

ed e

very

day

.

Mus

ic a

nd la

ught

er fi

lled

the

room

.

Mic

helle

and

Die

go w

ante

d to

writ

e po

ems.

They

wro

te in

thei

r not

eboo

ks a

nd s

tudi

ed w

ith a

teac

her.

My

uncl

e w

ent t

o sc

hool

and

lear

ned

to c

ook.

Carm

en a

nd h

er c

ousi

n lo

ved

socc

er.

They

pla

yed

toge

ther

and

won

trop

hies

.

Mr.

Han’

s st

uden

ts ta

lked

and

mad

e pl

ans.

13G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_013

.indd

139/

18/0

66:

25:5

9PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

om

po

un

dSu

bje

cts

and

Pr

edic

ates

Less

on

4W

rite

th

e co

mp

oun

d s

ubje

ct o

f ea

ch s

ente

nce

.A

dd

co

mm

as w

her

e th

ey b

elo

ng

.

1.

Ravi

his

gra

ndm

othe

r an

d hi

s gr

andf

athe

r w

ent

to t

he s

choo

l con

cert

.

2.

Ravi

’s t

each

er h

is n

eigh

bor

and

his

frie

nd w

ere

in t

he a

udie

nce.

3.

The

viol

ins

cello

s an

d flu

tes

soun

ded

beau

tiful

.

4.

The

drum

s cy

mba

ls a

nd g

ong

pla

yed

an e

xciti

ng e

ndin

g.

5.

A t

all w

oman

a s

hort

man

and

a c

hild

left

the

hal

l firs

t.

Wri

te t

he

com

po

und

pre

dic

ate

of

each

sen

ten

ce. A

dd

co

mm

as w

her

e th

ey b

elo

ng

.

6.

Ravi

wen

t ho

me

chan

ged

into

paj

amas

and

clim

bed

into

bed

.

7.

He

lay

dow

n fe

ll as

leep

and

dre

amed

he

was

a m

usic

ian.

8.

He

pla

yed

a so

lo b

owed

and

sm

iled

at t

he a

udie

nce.

9.

The

audi

ence

sto

od u

p c

lap

ped

and

che

ered

.

Ravi

, his

gra

ndm

othe

r, an

d hi

s gr

andf

athe

r

Ravi

’s te

ache

r, hi

s ne

ighb

or, a

nd h

is fr

iend

The

viol

ins,

cel

los,

and

flut

es

The

drum

s, c

ymba

ls, a

nd g

ong

A ta

ll w

oman

, a s

hort

man

, and

a c

hild

wen

t hom

e, c

hang

ed in

to p

ajam

as, a

nd c

limbe

d in

to b

ed

lay

dow

n, fe

ll as

leep

, and

dre

amed

he

was

a m

usic

ian

play

ed a

sol

o, b

owed

, and

sm

iled

at th

e au

dien

ce

stoo

d up

, cla

pped

, and

che

ered

14G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_014

.indd

148/

10/0

66:

41:4

2PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

-Wri

tin

gC

on

nec

tio

n

Less

on

4R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

.Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) M

adel

ine

and

Ell

a w

ere

sist

ers.

(2) T

hey

wan

ted

to b

e d

oct

ors

wh

en t

hey

gre

w u

p. (3

) Th

eir

moth

er s

har

ed t

hei

r go

al. (4

) Th

eir

fath

er

shar

ed t

hei

r go

al. (5

) Th

e gi

rls

work

ed h

ard

an

d g

ot

good

gra

des

.

(6) T

hey

got

into

a s

pec

ial

sch

ool

succ

eed

ed a

nd

bec

ame

doct

ors

.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

mp

ound

sub

ject

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

need

sco

mm

as t

o se

par

ate

the

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

s?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nces

cou

ld b

e jo

ined

to

mak

e on

e se

nten

ce

with

a c

omp

ound

sub

ject

? A

Sent

ence

s 2

and

3B

Sent

ence

s 3

and

4C

Sent

ence

s 4

and

5D

Sent

ence

s 5

and

6

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

mp

ound

pre

dica

te t

hat

is

writ

ten

corr

ectly

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

doe

s no

t ha

ve a

com

pou

nd s

ubje

ct

or a

com

pou

nd p

redi

cate

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

6.

Whi

ch o

f the

se p

ossi

ble

final

se

nten

ces

has

a co

mp

ound

su

bjec

t?A

Thei

r dr

eam

cam

e tr

ue.

BTh

e si

ster

s an

d th

eir

pare

nts

had

a dr

eam

tha

t ca

me

true

.C

They

hea

led

and

cure

d.D

Peop

le a

dmire

d th

em.

15G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_015

.indd

158/

15/0

610

:08:

08AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e C

om

po

un

d

Sub

ject

s an

d

Pred

icat

es

Less

on

4A

dd

a c

om

po

und

sub

ject

or

a co

mp

oun

d

pre

dic

ate

to c

om

ple

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

s

tudi

ed a

rt.

2.

The

athl

etes

.

3.

The

mus

ic s

tude

nt

.

4.

t

ook

danc

e cl

asse

s.

5.

The

acto

r

.

6.

w

atch

ed t

he s

tars

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ad

d c

om

mas

wh

ere

they

bel

on

g.

Dra

w o

ne

line

und

er e

ach

co

mp

oun

d s

ubje

ct a

nd

tw

o li

nes

und

er e

ach

co

mp

oun

d p

red

icat

e.

7.

The

socc

er p

laye

r ra

n ki

cked

and

sco

red.

8.

Exer

cise

res

t an

d he

alth

ful f

ood

mad

e th

e sw

imm

er s

tron

g.

9.

Raja

his

sis

ter

and

his

brot

her

wer

e go

od s

tude

nts.

10.

The

scie

ntis

t w

rote

a b

ook

won

a p

rize

and

gave

a s

pee

ch.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own

Rita

and

Max ra

n an

d sw

am

prac

ticed

and

per

form

ed

Elen

a an

d he

r bes

t frie

nd

smile

d an

d w

aved

The

boy

and

girl

The

socc

er p

laye

r ran

, kic

ked,

and

sco

red.

Exer

cise

, res

t, an

d he

alth

ful f

ood

mad

e th

e sw

imm

er

stro

ng.

Raja

, his

sis

ter,

and

his

brot

her w

ere

good

stu

dent

s.

The

scie

ntis

t wro

te a

boo

k, w

on a

priz

e, a

nd g

ave

a sp

eech

.

16G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_016

.indd

16

8/10

/06

6:4

4:55

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e G

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

5R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

.Th

en a

nsw

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) T

her

e is

som

eth

ing

new

in

Room

112 (2

) Can

you

gues

s w

hat

it

is (3

) our

rabbit

has

four

bab

ies.

(4) H

ow

tin

y

the

bun

nie

s ar

e! (5

) Wis

h c

ould

tak

e on

e h

om

e. (6

) Do y

ou

bun

nie

s li

ke?

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld e

nd

with

a p

erio

d?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld e

nd

with

a q

uest

ion

mar

k?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 3

D

Sent

ence

4

3.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

are

the

wor

ds in

an

orde

r th

at d

oes

not

mak

e se

nse?

A

Sent

ence

2B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

3 sh

ould

be

cap

italiz

ed?

A

our

B

rabb

itC

fo

urD

ba

bies

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

follo

win

g is

NO

T a

com

ple

te s

ente

nce?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is c

orre

ct a

sit

is?

A

Sent

ence

3B

Se

nten

ce 4

C

Sent

ence

5D

Se

nten

ce 6

17G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_017

.indd

17

8/15

/06

10:

08:3

5 AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

5

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) E

ric

wat

ched

th

e n

ews

on

TV

. (2) H

is f

ath

er

wat

ched

th

e n

ews

on

TV

. (3) T

he

new

scas

ter

talk

ed

about

spec

ial

even

ts. (4

) A p

oli

ce o

ffic

er a

fir

efig

hte

r

and

a t

each

er t

augh

t th

ird

gra

der

s ab

out

safe

ty. (5

) Th

e

may

or

took

a t

rip

an

d g

ave

a sp

eech

.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

sim

ple

sub

ject

of

Sent

ence

1?

A

Eric

B

Eric

wat

ched

C

the

new

sD

w

atch

ed t

he n

ews

on T

V

2.

Whi

ch is

the

com

ple

te

pre

dica

te o

f Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

the

new

scas

ter

B

the

new

scas

ter

talk

edC

ta

lked

D

talk

ed a

bout

sp

ecia

l eve

nts

3.

Wha

t is

mis

sing

in S

ente

nce

4?A

co

mm

asB

a

subj

ect

C

a si

mp

le p

redi

cate

D

a co

mp

lete

pre

dica

te

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

mp

ound

sub

ject

?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

mp

ound

pre

dica

te?

A

Sent

ence

2B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nces

cou

ld b

e jo

ined

to

mak

e on

e se

nten

ce

with

a c

omp

ound

sub

ject

? A

Se

nten

ces

1 an

d 2

B

Sent

ence

s 2

and

3C

Se

nten

ces

3 an

d 4

D

Sent

ence

s 4

and

5

18G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_018

.indd

18

9/18

/06

6:2

6:29

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSi

mp

le a

nd

C

om

po

un

dSe

nte

nce

s

Less

on

6If

th

e se

nte

nce

is c

om

ple

te, l

abel

it a

s si

mpl

e o

r co

mpo

und.

If it

is a

fra

gm

ent,

ad

d w

ord

s to

mak

e it

co

mp

lete

.

1.

My

big

sist

er h

as a

job.

2.

Aft

er s

choo

l.

3.

She

wor

ks a

t a

pet

sto

re.

4.

She

feed

s th

e an

imal

s, a

nd s

he c

lean

s th

eir

cage

s.

5.

Swee

ps

the

floor

.

6.

My

sist

er e

njoy

s he

r jo

b, b

ut s

he a

lso

likes

wee

kend

s.

7.

She

spen

ds t

ime

with

frie

nds,

or

she

rela

xes

at h

ome.

8.

My

brot

her

is s

ixte

en, a

nd h

e w

orks

on

wee

kend

s.

9.

He

pac

ks b

ags

at a

sup

erm

arke

t.

10.

My

fam

ily.

sim

ple

She

wor

ks a

fter s

choo

l.

sim

ple

com

poun

d

She

swee

ps th

e flo

or.

com

poun

d

com

poun

d

com

poun

d

sim

ple

My

fam

ily is

hap

py.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own

for 2

, 5, a

nd 1

0.

19G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_019

.indd

198/

15/0

610

:09:

48AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSi

mp

le a

nd

C

om

po

un

dSe

nte

nce

s

Less

on

6U

se t

he

wo

rds

in t

he

par

enth

eses

( )

to

join

th

e p

airs

of

sen

ten

ces.

Use

co

mm

as c

orr

ectl

y.

1.

Toda

y is

Sun

day.

And

y go

es t

o a

foot

ball

gam

e. (

and)

3.

He

is e

xcite

d. H

e ea

ts b

reak

fast

qui

ckly

. (an

d)

2.

Lind

a w

ants

to

go w

ith A

ndy.

She

is s

ick.

(bu

t)

4.

And

y’s

mot

her

goes

to

the

gam

e. H

is fa

ther

sta

ys h

ome.

(bu

t)

5.

Tany

a ha

s st

rong

legs

. She

love

s to

run

. (an

d)

6.

She

likes

sof

tbal

l. Sh

e lik

es b

aske

tbal

l mor

e. (

but)

7.

Som

e ch

ildre

n p

lay

in t

he g

ym. A

nna

pla

ys in

the

par

k. (

but)

8.

It is

a h

ot d

ay. C

hild

ren

sell

lem

onad

e. (

and)

9.

Dar

nell

likes

lem

onad

e. H

e lik

es m

ilk m

ore.

(bu

t)

10.

He

wal

ks t

o th

e st

ore.

He

buys

milk

. (an

d)

Toda

y is

Sun

day,

and

And

y go

es to

a fo

otba

ll ga

me.

He is

exc

ited,

and

he

eats

bre

akfa

st q

uick

ly.

Lind

a w

ants

to g

o w

ith A

ndy,

but

she

is s

ick.

Andy

’s m

othe

r goe

s to

the

gam

e, b

ut h

is fa

ther

sta

ys h

ome.

Tany

a ha

s st

rong

legs

, and

she

love

s to

run.

She

likes

sof

tbal

l, bu

t she

like

s ba

sket

ball

mor

e.

Som

e ch

ildre

n pl

ay in

the

gym

, but

Ann

a pl

ays

in th

e pa

rk.

It is

a h

ot d

ay, a

nd c

hild

ren

sell

lem

onad

e.

Darn

ell l

ikes

lem

onad

e, b

ut h

e lik

es m

ilk m

ore.

He w

alks

to th

e st

ore,

and

he

buys

milk

.

20G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_020

.indd

208/

15/0

610

:10:

28AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

6R

ead

th

is p

art

of

a st

uden

t’s

roug

h d

raft

. Th

en

answ

er t

he

que

stio

ns

that

fo

llow

.

(1) M

aya

is a

th

ird

gra

der

, or

she

hel

ps

her

fam

ily.

(2) S

he

was

hes

th

e

dis

hes

, an

d s

he

wat

ers

the

pla

nts

. (3) A

lso c

lean

s h

er r

oom

. (4) M

aya’

s

fath

er m

akes

bre

akfa

st m

ost

morn

ings

. (5) T

od

ay h

e le

aves

ear

ly f

or

work

.

(6) M

aya’

s bro

ther

cooks

eggs

, he

serv

es t

hem

to h

is f

amil

y.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is n

ot

com

ple

te?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is a

cor

rect

co

mp

ound

sen

tenc

e?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an

inco

rrec

t jo

inin

g w

ord?

ASe

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

5

DSe

nten

ce 6

4.

Sen

tenc

e 5

is

.A

mis

sing

a jo

inin

g w

ord

Bno

t co

mp

lete

Ca

sim

ple

sen

tenc

eD

a co

mp

ound

sen

tenc

e

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

wou

ld B

EST

follo

w

the

com

ma

in S

ente

nce

6?A

and

Bbu

tC

orD

toda

y

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nces

cou

ld b

e jo

ined

with

a c

omm

a fo

llow

ed

bybu

t?A

Sent

ence

s 1

and

2B

Sent

ence

s 3

and

4C

Sent

ence

s 4

and

5D

Sent

ence

s 5

and

6

21G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_021

.indd

218/

15/0

610

:11:

21AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Si

mp

le a

nd

C

om

po

un

d

Sen

ten

ces

Less

on

6R

ewri

te t

he

sen

ten

ces.

Use

co

mm

as a

nd

join

ing

w

ord

s co

rrec

tly.

1.

My

fath

er is

a t

each

er a

nd h

e w

orks

at

a sc

hool

.

2.

He

driv

es t

o w

ork,

he

take

s a

bus.

3.

He

has

lunc

h at

wor

k or

he

eats

in t

he p

ark.

4.

Mos

t da

ys h

e ea

ts t

una,

tod

ay h

e ea

ts e

gg s

alad

.

Rew

rite

eac

h p

air

of

sen

ten

ces

as o

ne

sen

ten

ce. U

se c

om

mas

an

d t

he

join

ing

wo

rds

and

or

but

corr

ectl

y.

5.

Mrs

. Lop

ez lo

ves

to r

ead.

She

ow

ns a

boo

ksto

re.

6.

The

stor

e is

sm

all.

It h

as m

any

book

s.

7.

Sash

a w

orks

with

ani

mal

s. S

he e

njoy

s he

r jo

b.

8.

She

lives

in t

he c

ount

ry. S

he w

orks

in t

he c

ity.

My

fath

er is

a te

ache

r, an

d he

wor

ks a

t a s

choo

l.

He d

rives

to w

ork,

or h

e ta

kes

a bu

s.

He h

as lu

nch

at w

ork,

or h

e ea

ts in

the

park

.

Mos

t day

s he

eat

s tu

na, b

ut to

day

he e

ats

egg

sala

d.

Mrs

. Lop

ez lo

ves

to re

ad, a

nd s

he o

wns

a b

ooks

tore

.

The

stor

e is

sm

all,

but i

t has

man

y bo

oks.

Sash

a w

orks

with

ani

mal

s, a

nd s

he e

njoy

s he

r job

.

She

lives

in th

e co

untr

y, b

ut s

he w

orks

in th

e ci

ty.

22G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_022

.indd

22

8/15

/06

10:

15:2

3 AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

om

mo

n a

nd

Pr

op

er N

ou

ns

Less

on

7U

nd

erlin

e th

e co

mm

on

no

uns.

Cir

cle

the

pro

per

no

uns.

1.

Offi

cer

Cha

n is

from

Dal

las,

Tex

as.

2.

Mar

ta h

as a

dog

nam

ed R

ufus

.

3.

The

fam

ily a

dop

ts t

wo

tiny

kitt

ens.

4.

Fish

sw

im in

the

Atla

ntic

Oce

an.

5.

Kang

aroo

s an

d ko

alas

live

in A

ustr

alia

.

6.

Stev

e vi

sits

the

big

zoo

in L

os A

ngel

es.

7.

The

child

ren

see

a p

rett

y de

er.

8.

Ther

e ar

e m

any

seal

s in

Can

ada

and

Gre

enla

nd.

9.

Cha

rlie

rides

a b

lack

hor

se a

t th

e fa

ir.

10.

Mr.

Jone

s fe

eds

the

bird

s in

Cen

tral

Par

k.

11.

Peop

le w

atch

bat

s in

Gai

nesv

ille

, Flo

rida.

12.

Buffy

is a

whi

te d

og, a

nd P

uff i

s an

ora

nge

cat.

Fin

d a

n a

rtic

le in

a m

agaz

ine.

Lis

t fi

ve c

om

mo

n n

ou

ns

fro

m t

he

arti

cle.

Th

en li

st f

ive

pro

per

no

un

s.Ac

cept

reas

onab

le re

spon

ses.

23G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_023

.indd

238/

15/0

610

:14:

00AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

om

mo

n a

nd

Pr

op

er N

ou

ns

Less

on

7R

ewri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce c

orr

ectl

y. C

apit

aliz

e th

e p

rop

er n

oun

s.

1.

A z

ooke

eper

cam

e to

cla

ss o

n th

ursd

ay.

2.

Emm

a go

t a

rabb

it on

val

entin

e’s

day.

3.

On

satu

rday

we

visi

ted

the

anim

al p

ark.

4.

The

child

ren

lear

ned

abou

t th

e fir

st t

hank

sgiv

ing.

5.

The

first

day

of w

inte

r w

as w

edne

sday

, dec

embe

r 21

.

6.

Pres

iden

ts’ d

ay w

as in

febr

uary

.

7.

Whi

ch h

olid

ay w

as o

n fr

iday

, nov

embe

r 11

?

8.

Elija

h w

ent

to t

he b

each

eve

ry s

unda

y in

july

.

9.

The

fam

ily w

ent

on v

acat

ion

in d

ecem

ber.

10.

The

mem

oria

l day

pic

nic

was

on

mon

day,

may

28.

A zo

okee

per c

ame

to c

lass

on

Thur

sday

.

Emm

a go

t a ra

bbit

on V

alen

tine’

s Da

y.

On S

atur

day

we

visi

ted

the

anim

al p

ark.

The

child

ren

lear

ned

abou

t the

firs

t Tha

nksg

ivin

g.

The

first

day

of w

inte

r was

Wed

nesd

ay, D

ecem

ber 2

1.

Pres

iden

ts’ D

ay w

as in

Feb

ruar

y.

Whi

ch h

olid

ay w

as o

n Fr

iday

, Nov

embe

r 11?

Elija

h w

ent t

o th

e be

ach

ever

y Su

nday

in J

uly.

The

Mem

oria

l Day

pic

nic

was

on

Mon

day,

May

28.

The

fam

ily w

ent o

n va

catio

n in

Dec

embe

r.

24G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_024

.indd

248/

15/0

610

:14:

48AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

7

(1) R

obin

an

d P

am a

re s

iste

rs, a

nd

th

ey l

ive

in M

ich

igan

. (2) T

hei

r

fam

ily

got

a n

ew p

up

py

on

lab

or

day

. (3) D

aisy

is

a gu

ide

dog,

an

d s

he

wil

l

hel

p b

lin

d p

eop

le w

hen

sh

e gr

ows

up.

(4) T

he

chil

dre

n a

nd

th

eir

par

ents

rais

e th

e p

up

py.

(5) E

very

t

hey

go t

o a

dog

trai

nin

g cl

ass

in D

etro

it.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

1 is

a

com

mon

nou

n?A

Robi

nB

sist

ers

Cliv

eD

Mic

higa

n

2.

Whi

ch w

ord

or w

ords

in

Sent

ence

2 s

houl

d be

ca

pita

lized

?A

fam

ilyB

new

Cp

upp

yD

labo

r da

y

3.

Whi

ch o

f the

se w

ords

in

Sent

ence

3 is

NO

T a

noun

?A

Dai

syB

dog

Cgr

ows

Dp

eop

le

4.

How

man

y no

uns

are

in

Sent

ence

4?

A1

B2

C3

D4

5.

A p

rop

er n

oun

belo

ngs

in t

he

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 5.

Whi

ch

wor

d is

cor

rect

?A

Satu

rday

Bw

eek

CH

olid

ayD

april

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

pro

per

nou

n?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

25G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_025

.indd

259/

18/0

66:

26:5

6PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e C

om

mo

n a

nd

Pr

op

er N

ou

ns

Less

on

7R

ewri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce c

orr

ectl

y.

1.

dann

y ha

s a

Part

ner

in t

he c

lass

room

.

2.

Her

Nam

e is

ann

.

3.

Dan

ny a

nd a

nn s

tudy

eve

ry A

fter

noon

.

4.

On

frid

ays

the

Chi

ldre

n le

arn

mat

h.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

co

rrec

tly.

Un

der

line

the

com

mo

n n

oun

s. C

ircl

e th

e p

rop

er n

oun

s.

5.

Inde

pen

denc

e da

y w

as o

n tu

esda

y.

6.

Yani

’s c

lass

wen

t to

new

yor

k ci

ty a

nd s

aw fi

rew

orks

.

7.

Ligh

ts fi

lled

the

sky

over

the

hud

son

river

.

8.

The

Stud

ents

wro

te a

rep

ort

abou

t th

eir

trip

.

Dann

y ha

s a

partn

er in

the

clas

sroo

m.

Her n

ame

is A

nn.

Dann

y an

d An

n st

udy

ever

y af

tern

oon.

On F

riday

s th

e ch

ildre

n le

arn

mat

h.

Inde

pend

ence

Day

was

on

Tues

day.

Yani

’s c

lass

wen

t to

New

Yor

k Ci

ty a

nd s

aw fi

rew

orks

.

The

stud

ents

wro

te a

repo

rt ab

out t

heir

trip.

Ligh

ts fi

lled

the

sky

over

the

Huds

on R

iver

.

26G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_026

.indd

26

8/15

/06

10:

20:5

8 AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eA

bb

revi

atio

ns

Less

on

8W

rite

th

e ab

bre

viat

ion

s fo

r th

e un

der

lined

wo

rds.

1.

Jean

-Luc

vis

its t

he U

nite

d St

ates

.

2.

Sprin

gfie

ld is

a c

ity in

Illin

ois.

3.

Doc

tor

Witk

y liv

es o

n Pi

ne R

oad.

4.

Tani

sha

is fr

om N

ew M

exic

o, b

ut n

ow s

he li

ves

in O

rego

n.

5.

The

pol

ice

stat

ion

is o

n th

e co

rner

of E

ast

Stre

et a

nd N

orth

Ave

nue.

6.

Was

hing

ton

is n

ext

to C

alifo

rnia

.

7.

Mis

tres

s Ro

sen

owns

a h

ouse

in R

hode

Isla

nd.

8.

Writ

e to

Mis

ter

Ngo

at

122

Long

Ave

nue,

Gar

y, In

dian

a.

9.

Lake

Erie

is n

orth

of O

hio,

Pen

nsyl

vani

a, a

nd N

ew Y

ork.

10.

Doc

tor

Har

rison

tak

es a

bus

from

Mis

siss

ipp

i to

Ala

bam

a.

U.S.

IL Dr.,

Rd.

NM, O

R

St.,

Ave

.

WA,

CA

Mrs

., R

I

Mr.,

Ave

., IN

OH, P

A, N

Y

Dr.,

MS,

AL

27G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_027

.indd

278/

15/0

611

:08:

44AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eA

bb

revi

atio

ns

Less

on

8W

rite

th

e ab

bre

viat

ion

fo

r ea

ch w

ord

.

1.

Janu

ary

2.

Satu

rday

3.

Wed

nesd

ay

4.

Mar

ch

5.

Sep

tem

ber

6.

Frid

ay

Co

rrec

t th

e ab

bre

viat

ion

s.

7.

Oct

19

8.

aug.

25

9.

mon

, feb

. 5

10.

tues

, nov

9

Jan.

Sat.

Wed

.

Mar

.

Sept

.

Fri.

Oct.

19

Aug.

25

Mon

., F

eb. 5

Tues

., N

ov. 9

28G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_028

.indd

289/

18/0

66:

27:2

1PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

8

(1)

Blo

ck s

tud

ies

the

anim

als

in t

he

oce

an.

(2) H

e ca

me

to o

ur

sch

ool

on T

hurs

day

, Dec

ember

29.

(3) O

ur

sch

ool

is i

n M

E. (4

) He

dro

ve h

is c

ar f

rom

MA

.

(5) T

he

stud

ents

in

Mis

tres

s L

ewis

’s cl

ass

enjo

yed

his

tal

k.

1.

Whi

ch a

bbre

viat

ion

coul

d go

in

the

bla

nk in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

AM

rB

mr

CM

r. D

dr.

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

ab

brev

iatio

n fo

r th

e un

derli

ned

wor

d in

Sen

tenc

e 2?

Ath

u.B

THC

Thur

sD

Thur

s.

3.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

ab

brev

iatio

n fo

r th

e m

onth

in

Sent

ence

2?

AD

ec.

Bde

c.C

DE

Dde

c

4.

Whi

ch w

ord

shou

ld r

epla

ce t

he

abbr

evia

tion

in S

ente

nce

3?A

Mas

sach

uset

tsB

Mai

neC

Min

neso

taD

Mis

siss

ipp

i

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

shou

ld r

epla

ce

the

abbr

evia

tion

in

Sent

ence

4?

AM

assa

chus

etts

BM

aine

CM

inne

sota

DM

onta

na

6.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

ab

brev

iatio

n fo

r th

e un

derli

ned

wor

d in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

AM

rsB

Mrs

.C

Ms

DM

s.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w. 29

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_029

.indd

298/

15/0

611

:11:

26AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e A

bb

revi

atio

ns

Less

on

8W

rite

th

e fu

ll w

ord

fo

r ea

ch a

bb

revi

atio

n.

1.

FL

2.

Tues

.

3.

Dr.

4.

St.

5.

Ap

r.

Fin

d t

he

wo

rds

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce t

hat

hav

e ab

bre

viat

ion

s. W

rite

th

e ab

bre

viat

ion

s.

6.

Mis

ter

War

d’s

par

ty is

on

Sund

ay, N

ovem

ber

5.

7.

Send

the

lett

er t

o D

octo

r Jo

hnso

n at

5 M

esa

Stre

et, E

l Pas

o, T

exas

.

8.

In S

epte

mbe

r, M

istr

ess

Torr

es’s

cla

ss g

oes

to t

he a

nim

al s

helte

r on

Ri

ver

Aven

ue.

9.

Tenn

esse

e an

d M

isso

uri a

re n

ext

to K

entu

cky.

10.

Mis

tres

s Br

echt

sp

oke

at t

he s

choo

l on

Bars

tow

Roa

d on

Frid

ay.

Flor

ida

Tues

day

Doct

or

Stre

et

April

Mr.,

Sun

., N

ov.

Dr.,

St.,

TX

Sept

., M

rs.,

Ave

.

TN, M

O, K

Y

Mrs

., R

d., F

ri.

30G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_030

.indd

30

8/15

/06

11:

17:0

8 AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSi

ng

ula

r an

d P

lura

l N

ou

ns

Less

on

9Re

wri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce u

sin

g t

he

plu

ral f

orm

of

the

und

erlin

ed n

oun

. Use

th

e w

ord

in p

aren

thes

es (

)

bef

ore

each

plu

ral n

oun

.

1.

Ari

bake

s a

cake

. (tw

o)

2.

He

put

s th

em in

a b

ox. (

two)

3.

Plea

se b

uy a

ban

ana.

(so

me)

4.

We

need

a b

unch

. (th

ree)

5.

Lily

pic

ks a

ber

ry. (

ten)

6.

Mar

co w

ants

a c

ooki

e. (

four

)

7.

Abb

y ea

ts a

pea

r. (t

wo)

8.

She

give

s he

r si

ster

a c

herr

y. (

five)

9.

My

fath

er c

uts

a p

epp

er. (

two)

10.

My

brot

her

eats

a b

ite. (

thre

e)

Ari b

akes

two

cake

s.

He p

uts

them

in tw

o bo

xes.

Plea

se b

uy s

ome

bana

nas.

We

need

thre

e bu

nche

s.

Lily

pic

ks te

n be

rrie

s.

Mar

co w

ants

four

coo

kies

.

Abby

eat

s tw

o pe

ars.

She

give

s he

r sis

ter f

ive

cher

ries.

My

fath

er c

uts

two

pepp

ers.

My

brot

her e

ats

thre

e bi

tes.

31G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_031

.indd

318/

15/0

611

:17:

21AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSi

ng

ula

r an

d P

lura

l N

ou

ns

Less

on

9R

ewri

te e

ach

sen

ten

ce u

sin

g t

he

plu

ral f

orm

of

the

und

erlin

ed n

oun

. Use

a d

icti

on

ary

if y

ou

nee

d t

o. E

ach

new

sen

ten

ce is

sta

rted

fo

r yo

u.

1.

One

chi

ld h

ad c

erea

l for

bre

akfa

st.

Th

ree

2.

One

wom

an b

aked

bro

wni

es.

Tw

o

3.

One

mou

se r

an t

o th

e fo

od b

owl.

Th

ree

4.

One

dee

r p

ulle

d le

aves

from

the

tre

e.

Fo

ur

5.

One

goo

se a

te t

he b

read

.

Fi

ve

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

th

e si

ng

ular

no

uns

in

par

enth

eses

( )

wit

h t

he

plu

ral f

orm

. Use

a d

icti

on

ary

if y

ou

nee

d t

o.

6.

Billy

’s (

foot

) ar

e tir

ed.

7.

Billy

and

the

(m

an)

cook

sou

p fo

r di

nner

.

8.

Aft

er d

inne

r he

bru

shes

his

(to

oth)

.

child

ren

had

cere

al fo

r bre

akfa

st.

wom

en b

aked

bro

wni

es.

mic

e ra

n to

the

food

bow

l.

deer

pul

led

leav

es fr

om th

e tre

e.

gees

e at

e th

e br

ead.

Billy

’s fe

et a

re ti

red.

Billy

and

the

men

coo

k so

up fo

r din

ner.

Afte

r din

ner h

e br

ushe

s hi

s te

eth.

32G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_032

.indd

328/

15/0

611

:18:

26AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

g

Co

nn

ecti

on

Less

on

9

1.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral

form

of t

he u

nder

lined

wor

d in

Se

nten

ce 2

?A

dish

sB

dish

ies

Cdi

shes

Ddi

sh

2.

Whi

ch is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral

form

of t

he u

nder

lined

wor

d in

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

fork

esB

fork

sC

fork

ies

Dfo

rk

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

4 is

N

OT

a p

lura

l nou

n?A

put

sB

glas

ses

Cm

enD

wom

en

4.

The

und

erlin

ed w

ord

in

Sent

ence

5 s

houl

d be

in it

s p

lura

l for

m. W

hich

is c

orre

ct?

Ach

ildB

child

sC

child

esD

child

ren

5.

A s

ingu

lar

noun

bel

ongs

in t

he

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 6.

Whi

ch

wor

d is

cor

rect

?A

dinn

ers

Bdi

nerie

sC

dinn

er’s

Ddi

nner

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

plu

ral n

oun?

ASe

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

(1) I

t is

Josh

’s tu

rn t

o s

et t

he

table

. (2) H

e use

s h

is f

amil

y’s

bes

t d

ish

. (3) H

e ta

kes

out

a fo

rk a

nd

sp

oon

s. (4

) He

puts

out

glas

ses

for

the

men

an

d w

om

en. (5

) He

puts

out

cup

s fo

r th

e

chil

d. (6

) Now

c

an b

e se

rved

.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w. 33

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_033

.indd

339/

18/0

66:

27:5

1PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Si

ng

ula

r an

d P

lura

l N

ou

ns

Less

on

9W

rite

th

e co

rrec

t p

lura

l fo

rm o

f ea

ch s

ing

ular

n

oun

. Use

a d

icti

on

ary

if y

ou

nee

d t

o.

1.

pot

2.

rasp

berr

y

3.

tom

ato

4.

mea

l

5.

rabb

it

6.

moo

se

7.

shee

p

8.

pup

py

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s. U

se t

he

plu

ral f

orm

s o

f th

e n

oun

s in

par

enth

eses

( )

. Use

a d

icti

on

ary

if y

ou

nee

d t

o.

9.

The

(chi

ld)

mad

e (s

andw

ich)

.

10.

Am

ber

slic

ed (

carr

ot)

and

(ap

ple

).

11.

Do

you

wan

t (b

lueb

erry

) or

(p

each

)?

12.

Brus

h yo

ur (

toot

h) a

fter

you

eat

the

(st

raw

berr

y).

pots

pupp

ies

rasp

berr

ies

rabb

its

tom

atoe

s

mea

ls

shee

p

moo

se

The

child

ren

mad

e sa

ndw

iche

s.

Ambe

r slic

ed c

arro

ts a

nd a

pple

s.

Do y

ou w

ant b

lueb

errie

s or

pea

ches

?

Brus

h yo

ur te

eth

afte

r you

eat

the

stra

wbe

rrie

s.

34G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_034

.indd

34

8/15

/06

11:

24:1

3 AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

10

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

rs. S

anch

ez’s

clas

s per

form

ed a

pla

y on

, O

ctob

er 2

.

(2) T

he

Pla

y w

as a

t th

e M

adis

on E

lem

enta

ry S

choo

l. (3)

At

7:00

p.m

.

(4) M

y si

ster

Ela

ine

acte

d, s

he

did

a g

reat

job.

(5) M

y be

dti

me

is

8:00

p.m

. (6) M

y par

ents

let

me

stay

up la

te t

o w

atch

th

e pla

y.

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

coul

d go

in t

he

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

A

Mon

day

B

tues

day

C

even

ing

D

lunc

htim

e

2.

Whi

ch w

ord

in S

ente

nce

2 is

in

corr

ectly

cap

italiz

ed?

A

Play

B

Mad

ison

C

Elem

enta

ryD

Sc

hool

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

shou

ld fo

llow

the

co

mm

a in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

A

but

B

orC

an

dD

to

nigh

t

4.

Whi

ch is

the

pro

per

nou

n in

Se

nten

ce 4

?A

si

ster

B

Elai

neC

gr

eat

D

job

5.

Whi

ch t

wo

sim

ple

sen

tenc

es

coul

d be

join

ed b

y a

com

ma

follo

wed

by

but?

A

Sent

ence

s 1

and

2B

Se

nten

ces

3 an

d 4

C

Sent

ence

s 4

and

5D

Se

nten

ces

5 an

d 6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is N

OT

com

ple

te?

A

Sent

ence

2B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

5D

Se

nten

ce 6

35G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_035

.indd

35

8/15

/06

11:

29:0

7 AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

10

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) T

her

e is

a m

yste

ry t

o s

olv

e at

10 M

oun

tain

Road

.

(2) T

he

Bro

oks

chil

dre

n c

an’t

fin

d t

hei

r p

up

py.

(3) W

hat

are

the

clue?

(4) T

he

door

is o

pen

, an

d c

ookie

s ar

e bak

ing

in t

he

house

acr

oss

th

e st

reet

. (5)

Bro

oks

says

sh

e

kn

ow

s w

her

e th

e p

up

py

is. (6

) Do y

ou?

1.

Wha

t is

the

abb

revi

atio

n fo

r th

e un

derli

ned

wor

d in

Se

nten

ce 1

?A

rd

B

rd.

C

Rd.

D

RD

2.

Wha

t is

the

cor

rect

plu

ral f

orm

of

the

nou

n in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

clue

B

clue

sC

cl

uees

D

clui

es

3.

How

man

y SI

NG

ULA

R no

uns

are

in S

ente

nce

4?A

tw

oB

th

ree

C

four

D

five

4.

How

man

y PL

URA

L no

uns

are

in S

ente

nce

4?A

on

eB

tw

oC

th

ree

D

four

5.

Whi

ch a

bbre

viat

ion

coul

d go

in

the

bla

nk in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

A

mrs

B

Mrs

C

MS

D

Mrs

.

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an

irreg

ular

plu

ral n

oun?

A

Sent

ence

2B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

36G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_036

.indd

36

8/15

/06

11:

30:0

7 AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

11

Wri

te t

he

po

sses

sive

no

un in

eac

h s

ente

nce

.La

bel

it a

s si

ngul

ar o

r pl

ural

.

1.

Rico

’s fa

mily

has

thr

ee c

hild

ren.

2.

My

brot

hers

’ toy

s ar

e on

the

floo

r.

3.

Her

sis

ter’s

nam

e is

Kris

ten.

4.

Mas

on r

ides

in h

is a

unt’s

car

.

5.

The

fam

ilies

’ hom

es a

re n

earb

y.

6.

The

boys

’ gra

ndfa

ther

com

es t

o vi

sit.

7.

Wha

t is

you

r m

othe

r’s jo

b?

8.

Shan

e w

ears

his

cou

sin’

s ha

t.

9.

Mr.

Dal

y en

joys

his

son

s’ s

oftb

all g

ame.

10.

The

dog’

s le

ash

is o

n th

e ta

ble.

Rico

’s; s

ingu

lar

brot

hers

’; pl

ural

sist

er’s

; sin

gula

r

aunt

’s; s

ingu

lar

fam

ilies

’; pl

ural

boys

’; pl

ural

mot

her’s

; sin

gula

r

cous

in’s

; sin

gula

r

sons

’; pl

ural

dog’

s; s

ingu

lar

37G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_037

.indd

378/

15/0

611

:31:

42AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePo

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

11

If t

he

und

erlin

ed w

ord

nee

ds

an a

po

stro

ph

e (’

),re

wri

te it

co

rrec

tly.

If it

is c

orr

ect,

wri

te c

orre

ct.

1.

Ms.

Rot

h he

ld h

er d

augh

ters

han

d.

2.

The

scho

ols

audi

toriu

m w

as fu

ll.

3.

The

boys

per

form

ed in

a p

lay.

4.

My

fath

ers

cam

era

was

bro

ken.

5.

The

stud

ent

read

tw

o p

oem

s.

6.

How

man

y so

ngs

did

they

sin

g?

Wri

te t

he p

lura

l for

m o

f eac

h no

un. T

hen

wri

te t

he p

lura

l pos

sess

ive

form

.

7.

uncl

e

8.

gran

dson

9.

viol

inis

t

10.

glas

s

11.

cher

ry

12.

bana

na

daug

hter

’s

scho

ol’s

corr

ect

fath

er’s

corr

ect

corr

ect

uncl

es

bana

nas

viol

inis

ts

cher

ries

glas

ses

gran

dson

s

uncl

es’

bana

nas’

viol

inis

ts’

cher

ries’

glas

ses’

gran

dson

s’ 38G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_038

.indd

388/

15/0

611

:32:

37AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

11

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

r. K

won

cla

ss p

ut

on

a s

how

. (2) T

he

stud

ents

fam

ilie

s

wer

e in

th

e au

die

nce

. (3) T

he

stud

ent’s

per

form

ed d

iffe

ren

t

acts

. (4) T

he

act

of

Rac

hel

was

fun

ny.

(5) R

ach

el’s

par

ents

smil

ed a

nd

cla

pp

ed. (6

) All

th

e p

aren

ts e

njo

yed

th

e sh

ow

.

1.

Whi

ch s

ingu

lar

pos

sess

ive

noun

sh

ould

be

a p

lura

l nou

n?A

show

(Se

nten

ce 1

)B

audi

ence

(Se

nten

ce 2

)C

stud

ent’s

(Se

nten

ce 3

)D

act

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

2.

Whi

ch s

ingu

lar

noun

sho

uld

also

be

pos

sess

ive?

AM

r. Kw

on (

Sent

ence

1)

Bau

dien

ce (

Sent

ence

2)

Cac

t (S

ente

nce

4)D

show

(Se

nten

ce 6

)

3.

Whi

ch p

lura

l nou

n sh

ould

als

o be

pos

sess

ive?

Ast

uden

ts (

Sent

ence

2)

Bfa

mili

es (

Sent

ence

2)

Cac

ts (

Sent

ence

3)

Dp

aren

ts (

Sent

ence

5)

4.

How

cou

ld y

ou r

ewrit

eth

e un

derli

ned

phr

ase

in

Sent

ence

4?

Ath

e ac

t’s o

f Rac

hel

Bth

e ac

ts o

f Rac

hel

CRa

chel

’s a

ctD

Rach

els’

act

5.

Whi

ch o

ther

wor

d co

uld

rep

lace

pare

nts

in S

ente

nce

6?A

par

ents

’B

fam

ilies

’C

stud

ents

’D

fam

ilies

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is c

orre

ct a

s it

is w

ritte

n?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

5

39G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_039

.indd

398/

15/0

611

:33:

42AM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Po

sses

sive

No

un

s

Less

on

11

Rew

rite

eac

h p

hra

se. U

se t

he

corr

ect

po

sses

sive

no

un.

1.

the

cost

umes

tha

t be

long

to

the

girls

2.

the

danc

e of

Ron

3.

the

neck

lace

ow

ned

by h

er g

rand

mot

her

4.

the

bott

les

of t

he b

abie

s

5.

the

slee

ves

of t

he d

ress

es

6.

the

car

that

bel

ongs

to

my

mot

her

Wri

te s

ente

nce

s us

ing

th

e n

oun

bel

ow

. Th

e w

ord

s in

par

enth

eses

( )

te

ll w

hic

h f

orm

of

the

no

un t

o u

se.

dan

cer

7.

(sin

gula

r)

8.

(plu

ral)

9.

(sin

gula

r p

osse

ssiv

e)

10.

(plu

ral p

osse

ssiv

e)

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

the

girls

’ cos

tum

es

Ron’

s da

nce

her g

rand

mot

her’s

nec

klac

e

the

babi

es’ b

ottle

s

the

dres

ses’

sle

eves

my

mot

her’s

car

A da

ncer

per

form

ed a

t sch

ool.

Two

danc

ers

are

on s

tage

.

The

danc

er’s

cos

tum

e is

pre

tty.

The

danc

ers’

legs

wer

e so

re.

40G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_040

.indd

40

8/15

/06

11:

36:1

6 AM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSi

ng

ula

r an

d P

lura

l Pr

on

ou

ns

Less

on

12

Wri

te t

he

two

sin

gul

ar p

ron

oun

s in

eac

h s

ente

nce

.

1.

She

sent

me

a p

ostc

ard.

2.

Whe

re d

id h

e p

ut it

?

3.

I gav

e he

r th

e bo

x.

4.

It w

as a

gift

for

you.

5.

You

spok

e to

him

tod

ay.

6.

He

saw

you

yes

terd

ay.

7.

She

told

me

the

stor

y.

8.

I enj

oyed

rea

ding

it.

9.

You

wro

te a

lett

er t

o he

r.

10.

Did

it in

tere

st h

im?

She,

me

he, i

t

I, he

r

It, y

ou

You,

him

He, y

ou

She,

me

I, it

You,

her

it, h

im

41G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_041

.indd

418/

15/0

62:

20:0

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSi

ng

ula

r an

d P

lura

l Pr

on

ou

ns

Less

on

12

Wri

te t

he

plu

ral p

ron

oun

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

We

took

a fl

ight

to

Mex

ico.

2.

My

aunt

and

unc

le m

et u

s at

the

airp

ort.

3.

They

sm

iled

and

said

“W

elco

me!

”

4.

My

sist

er w

as e

xcite

d to

see

the

m.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

a p

lura

l pro

no

un t

o r

epla

ce e

ach

un

der

lined

ph

rase

.

5.

The

girls

wen

t to

cam

p la

st s

umm

er.

6.

The

girls

wro

te t

o m

y fr

iend

and

me.

7.

My

frie

nd a

nd I

wro

te t

o th

e gi

rls.

8.

My

frie

nd a

nd I

told

the

girl

s ab

out

our

socc

er t

eam

.

9.

Did

you

and

you

r br

othe

r se

nd le

tter

s to

the

girl

s?

10.

The

girls

wer

e ha

pp

y to

get

the

lett

ers.

11.

The

lett

ers

arriv

ed e

very

Mon

day.

12.

They

just

got

a le

tter

from

Mom

and

Dad

.

We

us

They

them

They

wen

t to

cam

p la

st s

umm

er.

The

girls

wro

te to

us.

We

wro

te to

the

girls

.

My

frien

d an

d I t

old

them

abo

ut o

ur s

occe

r tea

m.

Did

you

send

lette

rs to

the

girls

?

The

girls

wer

e ha

ppy

to g

et th

em.

They

arr

ived

eve

ry M

onda

y.

They

just

got

a le

tter f

rom

them

.

42G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_042

.indd

428/

15/0

62:

21:3

4PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

12

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) N

atas

ha

has

a p

en p

al n

amed

Ch

en. (2

) Ch

en liv

es i

n

Ch

ina.

(3) N

atas

ha

and

Ch

en w

rite

eve

ry w

eek. (4

) Nat

ash

a

and

Ch

en t

ell ea

ch o

ther

about

the

thin

gs t

hey

do.

(5) L

ast

wee

k N

atas

ha

wro

te t

o C

hen

about

the

sch

ool p

lay.

(6) N

atas

ha

told

him

th

at e

very

one

enjo

yed

th

e p

lay.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

pro

noun

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l p

rono

un?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 6

3.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

d in

Se

nten

ce 2

?A

He

BH

imC

They

DIt

4.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Se

nten

ce 4

?A

He

BSh

eC

They

DTh

em

5.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

d in

Se

nten

ce 6

?A

ItB

She

CH

erD

They

6.

Whi

ch w

ord(

s) c

ould

be

rep

lace

d by

the

pro

noun

it?

AN

atas

ha (

Sent

ence

1)

BN

atas

ha a

nd C

hen

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

Cw

eek

(Sen

tenc

e 5)

Dth

e p

lay

(Sen

tenc

e 6)

43G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_043

.indd

438/

15/0

62:

23:1

2PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Si

ng

ula

r an

d P

lura

l Pr

on

ou

ns

Less

on

12

Wri

te t

he

pro

no

un in

eac

h s

ente

nce

.Th

en la

bel

eac

h a

s S

(sin

gul

ar)

or

P (p

lura

l).

1.

We

lear

ned

abou

t C

hile

tod

ay.

2.

Mr.

Edw

ards

sho

wed

us

two

map

s.

3.

He

hung

the

map

s on

the

wal

l.

4.

They

sho

wed

vol

cano

es a

nd a

des

ert.

5.

The

stud

ents

look

ed a

t th

em c

aref

ully

.

6.

Mr.

Edw

ards

ask

ed m

e to

poi

nt t

o th

e de

sert

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

wit

h a

co

rrec

t p

ron

oun

.

7.

Elle

n st

udie

d Sp

anis

h be

caus

e w

ante

d to

vis

it Sp

ain.

8.

The

clas

s w

as fu

n, a

nd t

he s

tude

nts

enjo

yed

.

9.

The

teac

her

brou

ght

pic

ture

s to

sho

w

.

10.

He

took

the

pic

ture

s w

hen

was

in S

pai

n.

We;

P us; P

He; S

They

; P

them

; P

me;

S

Elle

n st

udie

d Sp

anis

h be

caus

e sh

e w

ante

d to

vis

it Sp

ain.

The

clas

s w

as fu

n, a

nd th

e st

uden

ts e

njoy

ed it

.

The

teac

her b

roug

ht p

ictu

res

to s

how

n th

em.

He to

ok th

e pi

ctur

es w

hen

he w

as in

Spa

in.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own. 44

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_044

.indd

44

8/15

/06

2:2

5:32

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSu

bje

ct a

nd

Ob

ject

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

13

Wri

te t

he

pro

no

un in

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Th

enla

bel

eac

h p

ron

oun

as

subj

ect

or

obje

ct.

1.

Ms.

Edi

son

teac

hes

us a

bout

flow

ers.

2.

A s

tude

nt a

sks

her

how

flow

ers

grow

.

3.

Ms.

Edi

son

answ

ers

him

.

4.

She

talk

s to

the

cla

ss a

bout

sun

light

.

5.

Flow

ers

need

it t

o m

ake

food

and

gro

w.

6.

We

lear

n m

ore

abou

t flo

wer

s.

7.

Bees

col

lect

pol

len

from

the

m.

8.

I writ

e a

pap

er o

n flo

wer

s.

Fin

d f

ou

r se

nte

nce

s in

a b

oo

k o

r m

agaz

ine

that

hav

e p

ron

ou

ns.

C

op

y th

e se

nte

nce

s. U

nd

erlin

e th

e su

bje

ct p

ron

ou

ns.

Cir

cle

the

ob

ject

p

ron

ou

ns.

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

us; o

bjec

t

her;

obje

ct

him

; obj

ect

She;

sub

ject

it; o

bjec

t

We;

sub

ject

them

; obj

ect

I; su

bjec

t

45G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_045

.indd

458/

15/0

62:

27:3

4PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eSu

bje

ct a

nd

Ob

ject

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

13

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

sub

ject

pro

no

uns

corr

ectl

y.

1.

Me

and

Ann

a w

ent

to t

he li

brar

y.

2.

I and

she

stu

died

tre

es.

3.

You

and

me

look

ed a

t bo

oks

and

pic

ture

s.

4.

Me

and

he le

arne

d ab

out

pin

e tr

ees.

5.

I and

Deo

n w

rote

a r

epor

t to

geth

er.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

ob

ject

pro

no

uns

corr

ectl

y.

6.

Show

the

flow

ers

to R

yan

and

I.

7.

My

mot

her

gave

me

and

my

sist

er a

pla

nt.

8.

Plea

se h

elp

him

and

I w

ith t

he r

epor

t.

9.

Jenn

y ca

me

to t

he li

brar

y w

ith h

im a

nd I.

10.

The

libra

rian

offe

red

to h

elp

me

and

Ryan

.

Anna

and

I w

ent t

o th

e lib

rary

.

She

and

I stu

died

tree

s.

You

and

I loo

ked

at b

ooks

and

pic

ture

s.

He a

nd I

lear

ned

abou

t pin

e tre

es.

Deon

and

I w

rote

a re

port

toge

ther

.

Show

the

flow

ers

to R

yan

and

me.

My

mot

her g

ave

my

sist

er a

nd m

e a

plan

t.

Plea

se h

elp

him

and

me

with

the

repo

rt.

Jenn

y ca

me

to th

e lib

rary

with

him

and

me.

The

libra

rian

offe

red

to h

elp

Ryan

and

me.

46G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_046

.indd

468/

15/0

62:

28:3

5PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

13

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

e an

d m

y m

oth

er p

lan

ted

an

ap

ple

see

d i

n a

pot.

(2) W

e w

ater

ed t

he

seed

. (3) T

he

seed

gre

w l

eave

s an

d r

oots

.

(4) M

y m

oth

er m

ove

d i

t to

th

e ya

rd. (5

) I w

atch

ed m

y m

oth

er

pac

k s

oil

aro

un

d t

he

litt

le p

lan

t. (6

) On

e d

ay t

he

seed

wil

l

bec

om

e an

ap

ple

tre

e.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

subj

ect

pro

noun

?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l su

bjec

t p

rono

un?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

3.

Whi

ch t

ype

of p

rono

un is

it in

Se

nten

ce 4

?A

sing

ular

sub

ject

pro

noun

Bp

lura

l sub

ject

pro

noun

Csi

ngul

ar o

bjec

t p

rono

unD

plu

ral o

bjec

t p

rono

un

4.

How

sho

uld

the

unde

rline

d p

hras

e in

Sen

tenc

e 1

be

writ

ten?

AM

y m

othe

r an

d m

eB

Me

and

her

CH

er a

nd m

eD

My

mot

her

and

I

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

a si

ngul

ar s

ubje

ct p

rono

unB

a p

lura

l sub

ject

pro

noun

Ca

sing

ular

obj

ect

pro

noun

Da

plu

ral o

bjec

t p

rono

un

6.

Whi

ch o

f the

se c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Se

nten

ce 5

?A

a si

ngul

ar s

ubje

ct p

rono

unB

a p

lura

l sub

ject

pro

noun

Ca

sing

ular

obj

ect

pro

noun

Da

plu

ral o

bjec

t p

rono

un

47G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_047

.indd

478/

15/0

62:

29:5

4PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Su

bje

ct a

nd

Ob

ject

Pro

no

un

s

Less

on

13

Wri

te a

sub

ject

or

ob

ject

pro

no

un t

o r

epla

ce

each

un

der

lined

wo

rd o

r p

hra

se.

1.

Arie

l’s s

iste

r ta

ught

Arie

l abo

ut b

ees.

2.

Arie

l’s s

iste

r to

ld A

riel t

hat

bees

are

inse

cts.

3.

Arie

l and

I w

atch

ed b

ees

in t

he p

ark.

4.

Arie

l and

I sa

w t

he b

ees

fly.

5.

Arie

l’s fa

ther

gav

e A

riel a

nd m

e a

book

.

6.

The

book

had

pic

ture

s of

bee

s.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

I an

d m

e co

rrec

tly.

7.

You

and

me

pic

ked

pea

rs fr

om t

he t

ree.

8.

Todd

ate

che

rrie

s w

ith m

y fr

iend

and

I.

9.

Me

and

my

brot

her

slic

ed a

pp

les.

10.

They

sha

red

the

plu

ms

with

me

and

him

.

her

She

We

them

us

It

You

and

I pic

ked

pear

s fro

m th

e tre

e.

Todd

ate

che

rrie

s w

ith m

y fri

end

and

me.

My

brot

her a

nd I

slic

ed a

pple

s.

They

sha

red

the

plum

s w

ith h

im a

nd m

e.

48G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_048

.indd

48

8/15

/06

2:3

3:23

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePr

on

ou

n–

An

tece

den

tA

gre

emen

t

Less

on

14

Wri

te t

he

corr

ect

pro

no

un f

or

each

sen

ten

ce.

Then

wri

te t

he

no

un t

hat

it r

efer

s to

.

1.

A b

ird c

atch

es w

orm

s an

d br

ings

(it/

them

) ba

ck t

o th

e ne

st.

2.

A m

ouse

eat

s th

e cr

umbs

tha

t (it

/the

y) fi

nds.

3.

The

dogs

see

the

man

, and

(hi

m/t

hey)

sta

rt t

o ba

rk.

4.

John

see

s M

icha

el a

nd w

aves

to

(him

/the

m).

5.

Squi

rrel

s ga

ther

nut

s an

d hi

de (

it/th

em).

6.

A s

pid

er s

pin

s a

web

and

tra

ps

flies

in (

it/th

em).

7.

Bats

eat

the

inse

cts

that

(it/

they

) ca

tch.

8.

Sim

on s

ees

two

little

kitt

ens

and

stop

s to

pet

(hi

m/t

hem

).

9.

A b

ear

goes

into

a c

ave,

whe

re (

it/th

ey)

slee

ps

all w

inte

r.

10.

The

boys

buy

a g

ift fo

r M

rs. J

ohns

on a

nd g

ive

it to

(he

r/th

em).

them

, wor

ms

it, m

ouse

they

, dog

s

him

, Mic

hael

them

, nut

s

it, w

eb

they

, bat

s

them

, kitt

ens

it, b

ear

her,

Mrs

. Joh

nson

49G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_049

.indd

498/

15/0

62:

35:3

4PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePr

on

ou

n-

An

tece

den

tA

gre

emen

t

Less

on

14

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd o

r p

hra

se w

ith

a p

ron

oun

.

1.

Luis

hug

s Be

th a

nd w

elco

mes

Bet

h ho

me.

2.

Beth

sm

iles

at L

uis

and

than

ks L

uis.

3.

My

sist

er in

vite

s Be

th t

o p

lay

in t

he g

arde

n.

4.

Luis

goe

s to

the

gar

den

too,

and

Lui

s p

lant

s flo

wer

s.

5.

Beth

find

s an

ant

hill

whe

n Be

th is

in t

he y

ard.

6.

John

mak

es d

inne

r w

hile

John

is in

the

kitc

hen.

7.

He

bake

s co

okie

s fo

r Ja

net

and

give

s th

em t

o Ja

net.

8.

Jane

t ea

ts a

coo

kie,

and

Jane

t th

anks

John

.

9.

John

is p

leas

ed b

ecau

se Jo

hn lo

ves

to b

ake.

10.

Jane

t bu

ys Jo

hn a

coo

kboo

k an

d gi

ves

the

cook

book

to

him

.

Luis

hug

s Be

th a

nd w

elco

mes

her

hom

e.

Beth

sm

iles

at L

uis

and

than

ks h

im.

She

invi

tes

Beth

to p

lay

in th

e ga

rden

.

Luis

goe

s to

the

gard

en to

o, a

nd h

e pl

ants

flow

ers.

Beth

find

s an

ant

hill

whe

n sh

e is

in th

e ya

rd.

John

mak

es d

inne

r whi

le h

e is

in th

e ki

tche

n.

He b

akes

coo

kies

for J

anet

and

giv

es th

em to

her

.

Jane

t eat

s a

cook

ie, a

nd s

he th

anks

Joh

n.

John

is p

leas

ed b

ecau

se h

e lo

ves

to b

ake.

Jane

t buy

s Jo

hn a

coo

kboo

k an

d gi

ves

it to

him

.

50G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_050

.indd

508/

15/0

62:

36:3

0PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

14

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

r. K

ay l

ives

in

a h

ouse

th

at M

r. K

ay b

uil

t. (2

) Th

e

house

is

hig

h u

p i

n t

he

hil

ls, a

nd

it

is f

ar f

rom

th

e ci

ty.

(3) M

r. K

ay l

ikes

th

e h

ills

bec

ause

th

e h

ills

hav

e a

grea

t vi

ew o

f

the

city

. (4) M

r. K

ay’s

chil

dre

n d

rive

up

a w

ind

ing

road

wh

en

she

com

e to

vis

it. (5

) Th

e ch

ild

ren

love

th

eir

fath

er a

nd

en

joy

visi

tin

g

.

1.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Se

nten

ce 1

?A

heB

she

Cth

eyD

it

2.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

heB

she

Cth

eyD

it

3.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

go

in t

he

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

Ait

Bth

emC

him

Dhe

r

4.

Whi

ch w

ord

does

the

pro

noun

it

refe

r to

in S

ente

nce

2?A

hous

eB

high

Chi

llsD

city

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

rono

un

that

doe

s no

t ag

ree

with

the

no

un it

ref

ers

to?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

6.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Se

nten

ce 5

?A

ItB

Them

CTh

eyD

He

51G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_051

.indd

518/

15/0

62:

37:3

7PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Pr

on

ou

n–

An

tece

den

tA

gre

emen

t

Less

on

14

Cir

cle

the

pro

no

un in

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rew

rite

the

sen

ten

ce. C

orr

ect

the

pro

no

un s

o t

hat

it a

gre

esw

ith

th

e un

der

lined

wo

rd.

1.

The

nest

was

too

hig

h fo

r M

aria

to

see

him

.

2.

Mar

ia w

as e

xcite

d be

caus

e he

saw

an

owl.

3.

Luke

was

hom

esic

k w

hen

it w

ent

to c

amp

.

4.

The

girls

invi

ted

Hill

ary

to p

lay

with

her

.

5.

John

wro

te a

lett

er a

nd s

ent

them

hom

e.

6.

John

’s p

aren

ts w

rote

bac

k to

it.

Fill

in e

ach

bla

nk

wit

h a

co

rrec

t p

ron

oun

. Th

en u

nd

erlin

e th

e w

ord

o

r w

ord

s th

at t

he

pro

no

un r

efer

s to

.

7.

Hon

eybe

es li

ve in

hiv

es, w

here

h

ave

jobs

to

do.

8.

Wor

ker

bees

feed

the

que

en b

ee a

nd p

rote

ct

.

9.

Hon

eybe

es g

athe

r ne

ctar

and

use

t

o m

ake

hone

y.

10.

Som

e p

eop

le k

eep

bee

s an

d co

llect

hon

ey fr

om

.

The

nest

was

too

high

for M

aria

to s

ee it

.

Mar

ia w

as e

xcite

d be

caus

e sh

e sa

w a

n ow

l.

Luke

was

hom

esic

k w

hen

he w

ent t

o ca

mp.

The

girls

invi

ted

Hilla

ry to

pla

y w

ith th

em.

John

wro

te a

lette

r and

sen

t it h

ome.

John

’s p

aren

ts w

rote

bac

k to

him

.

they

her

it

them

52G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_052

.indd

52

8/15

/06

2:4

7:03

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

15

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) T

ony

is t

he

frie

nd

of

Joan

. (2) T

ony

tells

Joa

n t

hat

he

is

upse

t. (3

) Joa

n a

sks

he

wh

at is

wro

ng.

(4) T

ony

says

th

at h

e lo

st h

is

mot

her

s pen

. (5) J

oan

hel

ps

him

look

for

th

e pen

. (6) T

oget

her

th

ey

fin

d it

un

der

Ton

y’s

bed

.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

pos

sess

ive

noun

?A

Se

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 5

D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an in

corr

ectly

writ

ten

pos

sess

ive

noun

?A

Se

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch p

hras

e co

uld

rep

lace

the

unde

rline

d p

hras

e in

Se

nten

ce 1

?A

th

e fr

iend

’s o

f Joa

nB

th

e fr

iend

s of

Joan

C

Joan

’s fr

iend

D

Joan

s’ fr

iend

4.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

wor

d in

Se

nten

ce 2

?A

he

B

she

C

him

D

her

5.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e un

derli

ned

phr

ase

in

Sent

ence

5?

A

itB

he

rC

hi

mD

th

em

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an

inco

rrec

t p

rono

un?

A

Sent

ence

3B

Se

nten

ce 4

C

Sent

ence

5D

Se

nten

ce 6

53G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_053

.indd

53

8/15

/06

2:4

8:37

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

15

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) Y

asm

in w

rite

s fo

r a

new

spap

er t

hat

sh

e st

arte

d. (2

) Sh

e re

por

ts

on w

hat

is n

ew in

sch

ool.

(3) Y

este

rday

Yas

min

wro

te a

bout

som

eth

ing

that

hap

pen

ed t

o h

er. (4

) Sh

e fo

und a

kit

ten

in t

he

sch

ool p

layg

roun

d.

(5) Ya

smin

too

k th

e ki

tten

hom

e an

d g

ave

them

to

her

fat

her

. (6) H

er

fath

er w

as h

appy

to

hav

e th

e ki

tten

.

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

does

the

pro

noun

in

Sen

tenc

e 1

refe

r to

?A

Ya

smin

B

writ

esC

ne

wsp

aper

D

she

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

subj

ect

pro

noun

?A

Se

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 5

D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

obje

ct p

rono

un?

A

Sent

ence

2B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

rono

un

that

doe

s no

t ag

ree

with

the

no

un t

hat

it re

fers

to?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 2

C

Sent

ence

3D

Se

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch c

ould

rep

lace

the

un

derli

ned

wor

ds in

Se

nten

ce 6

?A

a

sing

ular

sub

ject

pro

noun

B

a p

lura

l sub

ject

pro

noun

C

a si

ngul

ar o

bjec

t p

rono

unD

a

plu

ral o

bjec

t p

rono

un

6.

Whi

ch p

rono

un c

ould

rep

lace

th

e w

ords

the

kitt

en in

Se

nten

ce 5

?A

sh

eB

it

C

they

D

them

54G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_054

.indd

54

8/15

/06

2:5

0:13

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

16

Ad

ject

ives

Wri

te t

he

adje

ctiv

e. T

hen

wri

te t

he

no

un t

hat

it

des

crib

es.

1.

A b

row

n be

ar s

at in

the

cav

e.

2.

The

bear

was

hun

gry.

3.

The

fore

st w

as b

ig.

4.

The

racc

oon

saw

the

pur

ple

ber

ries.

5.

The

hap

py

racc

oon

ate

the

berr

ies.

6.

A s

mal

l chi

ld c

limbe

d a

rock

.

7.

The

rock

was

hug

e.

8.

A p

lant

gre

w in

a t

iny

pot

.

9.

The

pla

nt w

as g

reen

.

10.

The

pot

was

rou

nd.

11.

The

wol

f ran

thr

ough

the

dar

k w

oods

.

12.

The

wol

f was

gra

y.

Wri

te t

wo

sen

ten

ces

that

co

uld

beg

in a

sto

ry. U

se a

t le

ast

on

e ad

ject

ive

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. C

ircl

e ea

ch a

dje

ctiv

e, a

nd

dra

w a

n a

rro

w t

o t

he

no

un

it

des

crib

es.

brow

n, b

ear

hung

ry, b

ear

big,

fore

st

purp

le, b

errie

s

happ

y, ra

ccoo

n

smal

l, ch

ild

huge

, roc

k

tiny,

pot

gree

n, p

lant

roun

d, p

ot

dark

, woo

ds

gray

, wol

f

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

55G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_055

.indd

558/

29/0

67:

36:0

6PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

16

Ad

ject

ives

Wri

te t

he

adje

ctiv

e th

at t

ells

ho

w m

any.

1.

Som

e w

olve

s liv

e in

the

fore

st.

2.

Seve

n w

olve

s ru

n in

the

pac

k.

3.

The

wol

f has

five

toe

s on

eac

h p

aw.

4.

A w

olf’s

coa

t ha

s tw

o la

yers

.

5.

Wol

ves

how

l for

sev

eral

rea

sons

.

6.

The

mot

her

wol

f has

six

bab

ies.

Wri

te t

he

adje

ctiv

e th

at t

ells

ho

w m

any.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

. R

epla

ce t

he

num

ber

wo

rd w

ith

an

ad

ject

ive

that

tel

ls h

ow

man

y w

ith

out

giv

ing

an

exa

ct n

umb

er.

7.

Four

stu

dent

s w

rote

a s

tory

tog

ethe

r.

8.

The

stor

y w

as a

bout

six

sq

uirr

els.

9.

A w

oman

rea

d el

even

sto

ries

to h

er c

hild

ren.

10.

Ther

e w

ere

seve

n p

ictu

res

in t

he b

ook.

11.

The

book

had

nin

ety

pag

es.

12.

Thre

e w

omen

wai

ted

for

the

bus

to a

rriv

e.

Som

e

Seve

n

five

two se

vera

l

six

four

; A fe

w s

tude

nts

wro

te a

sto

ry to

geth

er.

six;

The

sto

ry w

as a

bout

som

e sq

uirr

els.

elev

en; A

wom

an re

ad m

any

stor

ies

to h

er c

hild

ren.

seve

n; T

here

wer

e se

vera

l pic

ture

s in

the

book

.

nine

ty; T

he b

ook

had

man

y pa

ges.

A fe

w w

omen

wai

ted

for t

he b

us to

arr

ive.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

56G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_056

.indd

568/

29/0

66:

47:0

3PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

16

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) I

cli

mbed

a l

ittl

e tr

ee i

n m

y fr

ien

d’s

yard

. (2) I

pic

ked

ch

erri

es

from

th

e tr

ee. (3

) I g

ave

ch

erri

es t

o m

y fa

ther

. (4) M

y

fath

er h

ad g

reen

ap

ple

s at

hom

e. (5

) He

mad

e a

bea

uti

ful

sala

d w

ith

the

red

ch

erri

es a

nd

tw

o g

reen

ap

ple

s.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an

adje

ctiv

e th

at t

ells

how

man

y?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an

adje

ctiv

e th

at t

ells

wha

t co

lor?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an

adje

ctiv

e th

at t

ells

wha

t si

ze?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

n ad

ject

ive?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch is

the

BES

T w

ord

to

com

ple

te S

ente

nce

3?

Ath

inB

som

eC

unki

ndD

big

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

the

mos

t ad

ject

ives

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

57G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_057

.indd

578/

29/0

66:

47:4

2PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

16

Ad

ject

ives

Un

der

line

the

two

ad

ject

ives

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

Then

wri

te w

het

her

eac

h a

dje

ctiv

e te

lls w

hat

kind

or

how

man

y.

1.

Man

y w

olve

s ea

t fiv

e p

ound

s of

food

a d

ay.

2.

A fe

w w

olve

s ha

ve b

lue

eyes

.

3.

The

coat

s of

som

e w

olve

s ar

e w

hite

.

4.

Big

wol

ves

wei

gh m

ore

than

nin

ety

pou

nds.

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s. A

dd

an

ad

ject

ive

bef

ore

eac

h u

nd

erlin

ed

no

un. U

se a

n a

dje

ctiv

e th

at a

nsw

ers

the

que

stio

n in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

5.

The

app

le fe

ll fr

om t

he t

ree.

(W

hat

colo

r?)

6.

Ther

e w

ere

app

les

on t

he t

ree.

(H

ow m

any?

)

7.

Fatim

a at

e th

e ap

ple

. (W

hat

size

?)

8.

I cut

the

ap

ple

into

slic

es. (

Wha

t sh

ape?

)

how

man

y; h

ow m

any

how

man

y; w

hat k

ind

how

man

y; w

hat k

ind

wha

t kin

d; h

ow m

any

The

red

appl

e fe

ll fro

m th

e tre

e.

Ther

e w

ere

man

y ap

ples

on

the

tree.

Fatim

a at

e th

e bi

g ap

ple.

I cut

the

roun

d ap

ple

into

slic

es.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

58

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_058

.indd

58

8/29

/06

6:4

8:28

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eA

dje

ctiv

es T

hat

C

om

par

e

Less

on

17

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f th

e ad

ject

ive

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

The

lion

is (

larg

e) t

han

the

fox.

2.

The

pea

cock

has

the

(p

rett

y) fe

athe

rs o

f all

the

bird

s.

3.

The

bear

is t

he (

stro

ng)

anim

al in

the

fore

st.

4.

The

beet

le is

(tin

y) t

han

the

wor

m.

5.

The

hors

e ru

ns (

fast

) th

an t

he d

onke

y.

6.

That

dog

has

the

(lo

ud)

bark

in t

own.

7.

Sabr

ina’

s ra

bbit

is (

fluffy

) th

an m

y ra

bbit.

8.

The

dolp

hin

is t

he (

smar

t) o

f all

the

ocea

n an

imal

s.

9.

The

cat

is (

frie

ndly

) to

day

than

it w

as y

este

rday

.

10.

We

have

the

(cu

te)

pet

on

the

bloc

k.

The

lion

is la

rger

than

the

fox.

The

peac

ock

has

the

pret

tiest

feat

hers

of a

ll th

e bi

rds.

The

bear

is th

e st

rong

est a

nim

al in

the

fore

st.

The

beet

le is

tini

er th

an th

e w

orm

.

The

hors

e ru

ns fa

ster

than

the

donk

ey.

That

dog

has

the

loud

est b

ark

in to

wn.

Sabr

ina’

s ra

bbit

is fl

uffie

r tha

n m

y ra

bbit.

The

dolp

hin

is th

e sm

arte

st o

f all

the

ocea

n an

imal

s.

The

cat i

s fri

endl

ier t

oday

than

it w

as y

este

rday

.

We

have

the

cute

st p

et o

n th

e bl

ock.

59G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_059

.indd

598/

29/0

67:

21:2

1PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eA

dje

ctiv

es T

hat

C

om

par

e

Less

on

17

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

mor

e o

r th

e m

ost

corr

ectl

y b

efo

re e

ach

ad

ject

ive.

1.

Thes

e be

rrie

s ar

e d

elic

ious

tha

n th

ose

berr

ies.

2.

The

cher

ry t

ree

is

bea

utifu

l of t

he t

hree

tre

es.

3.

This

hik

e is

d

iffic

ult

than

the

last

hik

e.

4.

A h

urric

ane

is

frig

hten

ing

than

a r

ains

torm

.

5.

Thun

der

mak

es

ter

rifyi

ng s

ound

of a

ll.

6.

This

is

won

derf

ul s

unris

e th

at I

have

eve

r se

en.

7.

The

haw

k is

p

ower

ful b

ird in

the

fore

st.

8.

This

lake

has

u

nusu

al fi

sh in

the

sta

te.

9.

This

fore

st is

e

norm

ous

than

the

Bla

ck H

ills

Nat

iona

l For

est.

10.

This

sto

ry is

in

tere

stin

g on

e I h

ave

ever

rea

d.

Thes

e be

rrie

s ar

e m

ore

delic

ious

than

thos

e be

rrie

s.

The

cher

ry tr

ee is

the

mos

t bea

utifu

l of t

he th

ree

trees

.

This

hik

e is

mor

e di

fficu

lt th

an th

e la

st h

ike.

A hu

rric

ane

is m

ore

frigh

teni

ng th

an a

rain

stor

m.

Thun

der m

akes

the

mos

t ter

rifyi

ng s

ound

of a

ll.

This

is th

e m

ost w

onde

rful s

unris

e th

at I

have

eve

r see

n.

The

haw

k is

the

mos

t pow

erfu

l bird

in th

e fo

rest

.

This

lake

has

the

mos

t unu

sual

fish

in th

e st

ate.

This

fore

st is

mor

e en

orm

ous

than

the

Blac

k Hi

lls N

atio

nal F

ores

t.

This

sto

ry is

the

mos

t int

eres

ting

one

I hav

e ev

er re

ad.

60G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_060

.indd

608/

29/0

67:

22:2

1PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

17

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

y bro

ther

is

old

er t

han

I a

m. (2

) He

took

me

cam

pin

g in

a b

ig

fore

st l

ast

wee

ken

d. (3

) Th

e fo

rest

was

th

e bea

uti

ful

pla

ce t

hat

I h

ave

ever

vis

ited

. (4) T

he

tree

s w

ere

tall

th

an m

y h

ouse

. (5) I

n t

he

morn

ing

we

saw

a b

row

n b

ear.

(6) I

was

sca

red

th

an m

y bro

ther

, an

d m

y sc

ream

was

t

han

his

!

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

the

corr

ect

form

of a

n ad

ject

ive

that

com

par

es?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

2.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

need

s th

e en

ding

-er?

Abe

autif

ul (

Sent

ence

3)

Bta

ll (S

ente

nce

4)C

brow

n (S

ente

nce

5)D

scar

ed (

Sent

ence

6)

3.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

need

s th

e w

ord

mor

e be

fore

it?

Aol

der

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

Bbi

g (S

ente

nce

2)C

beau

tiful

(Se

nten

ce 3

)D

scar

ed (

Sent

ence

6)

4. W

hich

adj

ectiv

e ne

eds

the

wor

dm

ost

befo

re it

?A

olde

r (S

ente

nce

1)B

beau

tiful

(Se

nten

ce 3

)C

brow

n (S

ente

nce

5)D

scar

ed (

Sent

ence

6)

5.

Whi

ch a

re t

he c

orre

ct a

djec

tives

th

at c

ompa

re fo

r th

e ad

ject

ive

big

in S

ente

nce

2?A

bigg

er, b

igge

stB

big,

big

gest

Cm

ore

big,

mos

t bi

gD

mor

e bi

gger

, mos

t bi

gges

t

6.

Whi

ch is

the

BES

T w

ay t

o co

mp

lete

Sen

tenc

e 6?

Am

ore

loud

Bm

ost

loud

C

loud

erD

loud

est

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

61G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_061

.indd

618/

29/0

66:

49:1

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e A

dje

ctiv

es T

hat

C

om

par

e

Less

on

17

Wri

te t

he

form

of

each

ad

ject

ive

that

co

mp

ares

tw

o t

hin

gs.

Th

en w

rite

th

e fo

rm t

hat

co

mp

ares

th

ree

or

mo

re t

hin

gs.

1.

pla

yful

2.

funn

y

3.

afra

id

4.

imp

orta

nt

5.

high

6.

exci

ting

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

co

rrec

tly.

7.

The

racc

oon

was

sm

all t

han

the

fox.

8.

Toda

y’s

suns

et w

as lo

vely

tha

n ye

ster

day’

s su

nset

.

9.

That

clif

f was

the

mos

t st

eep

one

I ha

ve e

ver

clim

bed.

10.

The

river

was

mor

e de

eper

tha

n th

e st

ream

.

mor

e pl

ayfu

l, m

ost p

layf

ul

funn

ier,

funn

iest

mor

e af

raid

, mos

t afra

id

mor

e im

porta

nt, m

ost i

mpo

rtant

high

er, h

ighe

st

mor

e ex

citin

g, m

ost e

xciti

ng

The

racc

oon

was

sm

alle

r tha

n th

e fo

x.

Toda

y’s

suns

et w

as lo

velie

r tha

n ye

ster

day’

s su

nset

.

That

clif

f was

the

stee

pest

one

I ha

ve e

ver c

limbe

d.

The

river

was

dee

per t

han

the

stre

am.

62G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_062

.indd

62

8/29

/06

6:5

0:15

PM

Nam

eA

rtic

les

Less

on

18

Wri

te t

he

arti

cle

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce a

nd

th

e n

oun

it

intr

od

uces

.

1.

Ang

ela

wen

t to

the

city

.

2.

She

visi

ted

a fr

iend

.

3.

Ang

ela’

s fr

iend

live

d in

an

apar

tmen

t.

4.

They

too

k th

e bu

s.

5.

They

wen

t to

a m

useu

m.

6.

They

saw

a p

aint

ing.

7.

It h

ad a

fram

e.

8.

Chi

ldre

n p

laye

d in

the

gra

ss.

9.

A b

ird a

te p

iece

s of

bre

ad.

10.

The

man

pla

yed

his

viol

in.

11.

The

frie

nds

wen

t ho

me.

12.

They

too

k a

trai

n.

Fin

d f

ou

r se

nte

nce

s th

at u

se a

rtic

les

in a

bo

ok

or

a m

agaz

ine.

Co

py

the

sen

ten

ces.

Cir

cle

the

arti

cles

. Dra

w a

n a

rro

w f

rom

eac

h a

rtic

le t

o t

he

no

un

it in

tro

du

ces.

the

city

a fri

end

an a

partm

ent

the

bus

a m

useu

m

a pa

intin

g

a fra

me

the

gras

s

A bi

rd

The

man

The

frien

ds

a tra

in

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

63G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_063

.indd

638/

29/0

66:

50:4

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eA

rtic

les

Less

on

18

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

a o

r an

to

fill

in

the

bla

nk.

1.

Jess

ie’s

old

er s

iste

r is

a

rtis

t.

2.

She

is m

akin

g c

lay

scul

ptu

re.

3.

Jeff

buys

pap

er a

nd

box

of p

aint

s.

4.

He

draw

s so

me

squa

res

and

ova

l.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

a,a

n, o

r th

e to

fill

in t

he

bla

nk.

5.

Seve

ral p

aint

ings

han

g on

w

hite

wal

ls.

6.

Abe

is

exc

elle

nt p

aint

er.

7.

This

is

big

gest

mus

eum

.

8.

You

need

som

e p

aper

and

p

enci

l for

dra

win

g.

9.

you

ng a

rtis

ts w

ill h

ave

an a

rt s

how

.

Jess

ie’s

old

er s

iste

r is

an a

rtist

.

She

is m

akin

g a

clay

scu

lptu

re.

Jeff

buys

pap

er a

nd a

box

of p

aint

s.

He d

raw

s so

me

squa

res

and

an o

val.

Seve

ral p

aint

ings

han

g on

the

whi

te w

alls

.

Abe

is a

n ex

celle

nt p

aint

er.

This

is th

e bi

gges

t mus

eum

.

You

need

som

e pa

per a

nd a

pen

cil f

or d

raw

ing.

The

youn

g ar

tists

will

hav

e an

art

show

.

64G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_064

.indd

648/

29/0

66:

51:3

4PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

18

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

y au

nt

live

s in

h

ouse

in

th

e co

un

try.

I v

isit

ed h

er l

ast

wee

ken

d. (2

) On

Sat

urd

ay w

e sa

w a

ow

l. (3)

o

wl

was

in

a t

ree.

(4) O

n S

un

day

we

rod

e a

trac

tor

and

pic

ked

ap

ple

s. (5

) My

aun

t

mad

e bak

ed a

pp

les

that

nig

ht. (6

) a

pp

les

wer

e d

elic

ious.

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

has

an

art

icle

tha

t is

use

d co

rrec

tly?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

2.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld t

he

artic

lea

be c

hang

ed t

o an

?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch w

ord

shou

ld fi

ll in

the

bl

ank

in S

ente

nce

6?A

AB

An

CTh

eD

One

4.

Whi

ch w

ord

wou

ld B

EST

fill

in t

he b

lank

in S

ente

nce

1?A

aB

anC

the

Dse

vera

l

5.

Whi

ch w

ord

wou

ld B

EST

fill

in t

he b

lank

in S

ente

nce

3?A

AB

An

CTh

eD

Som

e

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

n ar

ticle

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

65G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_065

.indd

658/

29/0

67:

22:5

9PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e A

rtic

les

Less

on

18

Use

th

e ar

ticl

es a

, an,

an

d t

he t

o w

rite

tw

o

sin

gul

ar f

orm

s o

f ea

ch p

lura

l no

un.

Exam

ples

: bi

rds:

a b

ird, t

he b

ird

icy

road

s: a

n ic

y ro

ad, t

he ic

y ro

ad

1.

skys

crap

ers

2.

elev

ator

s

3.

roof

top

s

4.

nois

y tr

ains

5.

esca

lato

rs

6.

shop

s

7.

airp

orts

8.

exci

ted

boys

9.

red

cars

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce f

or

each

art

icle

. Cir

cle

the

arti

cle,

an

d u

nd

erlin

e th

e n

oun

th

at it

intr

od

uces

.

10.

a

11.

an

12.

the

a sk

yscr

aper

, the

sky

scra

per

an e

leva

tor,

the

elev

ator

a ro

ofto

p, th

e ro

ofto

p

a no

isy

train

, the

noi

sy tr

ain

an e

scal

ator

, the

esc

alat

or

a sh

op, t

he s

hop

an a

irpor

t, th

e ai

rpor

t

an e

xcite

d bo

y, th

e ex

cite

d bo

y

A bo

y w

alke

d hi

s do

g.

I saw

an

elep

hant

.

It’s

fun

to v

isit

the

big

city

.

a re

d ca

r, th

e re

d ca

r

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

66G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_066

.indd

66

8/29

/06

6:5

2:30

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eA

ctio

n V

erb

s

Less

on

19

Wri

te t

he

com

ple

te p

red

icat

e o

f ea

ch s

ente

nce

. U

nd

erlin

e th

e ac

tio

n v

erb

.

1.

The

wom

an w

alks

to

the

mar

ket.

2.

She

buys

frui

t an

d ve

geta

bles

.

3.

The

anim

als

gath

er in

the

yar

d.

4.

The

cow

s m

oo a

t th

e du

cks.

5.

The

sun

shin

es b

right

ly.

6.

The

wea

ther

rep

orte

r p

redi

cts

rain

.

7.

The

boy

help

s hi

s si

ster

.

8.

The

child

ren

eat

a go

od m

eal.

9.

I enj

oy t

he fo

lkta

le.

10.

We

disc

uss

the

char

acte

rs.

wal

ks to

the

mar

ket

buys

frui

t and

veg

etab

les

gath

er in

the

yard

moo

at t

he d

ucks

shin

es b

right

ly

pred

icts

rain

help

s hi

s si

ster

eat a

goo

d m

eal

enjo

y th

e fo

lkta

le

disc

uss

the

char

acte

rs

67G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_067

.indd

678/

29/0

66:

53:3

6PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

68

Nam

eA

ctio

n V

erb

s

Less

on

19

Un

der

line

the

corr

ect

acti

on v

erb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

The

chic

ken

(lay/

lays

) fiv

e eg

gs.

2.

Ava

(wat

ch/w

atch

es)

the

little

chi

cks.

3.

I (p

lant

/pla

nts)

cor

n an

d to

mat

oes.

4.

He

(plo

w/p

low

s) t

he fi

eld.

5.

Chi

ldre

n (p

lay/

pla

ys)

near

the

bar

n.

6.

We

(sel

l/se

lls)

milk

and

che

ese.

7.

The

dog

(bar

k/ba

rks)

loud

ly.

Ch

oo

se a

n a

ctio

n v

erb

fro

m t

he

bo

x to

co

mp

lete

ea

ch s

ente

nce

. Th

en w

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

.

8.

The

chic

kens

in

the

dirt

.

9.

The

roos

ter

eve

ryon

e.

10.

We

a b

aske

t of

egg

s.

11.

Tyre

ll e

ggs

to t

he m

arke

t.

12.

She

feed

aro

und

the

yard

.

ta

kes

carr

y w

akes

sc

ratc

h

scat

ters

The

chic

kens

scr

atch

in th

e di

rt.

The

roos

ter w

akes

eve

ryon

e.

We

carr

y a

bask

et o

f egg

s.

Tyre

ll ta

kes

eggs

to th

e m

arke

t.

She

scat

ters

feed

aro

und

the

yard

.

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_068

.indd

688/

29/0

67:

25:1

3PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

19

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

C

on

nec

tio

n

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) R

osa

liv

es i

n M

exic

o C

ity.

(2) S

he

socc

er. (3

) Sh

e

and

her

fat

her

wat

ch g

ames

toge

ther

on

TV

. (4) O

ne

Sun

day

th

ey r

ides

a bus

to a

gam

e at

a s

tad

ium

. (5) T

he

hom

e te

am w

ins.

(6) T

he

exci

ted

fan

s st

and

an

d c

hee

r.

1.

Whi

ch is

the

verb

in S

ente

nce

1?A

Rosa

Bliv

esC

inD

Mex

ico

2.

Whi

ch o

f the

se a

ctio

n ve

rbs

does

not

agr

ee w

ith it

s su

bjec

t?A

wat

ch (

Sent

ence

3)

Brid

es (

Sent

ence

4)

Cw

ins

(Sen

tenc

e 5)

Dst

and

(Sen

tenc

e 6)

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

subj

ect

and

a ve

rb t

hat

agre

es?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch a

ctio

n ve

rb c

ould

co

mp

lete

Sen

tenc

e 2?

Alik

eB

enjo

yC

love

sD

pla

y

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

two

actio

n ve

rbs?

ASe

nten

ce 3

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l su

bjec

t an

d a

verb

tha

t ag

rees

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

69G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_069

.indd

698/

29/0

67:

26:1

7PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e A

ctio

n V

erb

s

Less

on

19

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

An

egg

(hat

ch/h

atch

es)

in t

he n

est.

2.

The

duck

lings

(fo

llow

/fol

low

s) t

heir

mot

her.

3.

The

farm

er (

hurr

y/hu

rrie

s) h

ome.

4.

Mic

e (s

curr

y/sc

urrie

s) a

roun

d th

e ba

rn.

5.

We

(milk

/milk

s) t

he c

ows

ever

y m

orni

ng.

6.

She

(driv

e/dr

ives

) th

e bi

g tr

acto

r.

7.

Jess

ica

(hel

p/h

elp

s) m

y br

othe

r dr

y di

shes

.

8.

They

(cl

ean/

clea

ns)

the

kitc

hen.

An e

gg h

atch

es in

the

nest

.

The

duck

lings

follo

w th

eir m

othe

r.

The

farm

er h

urrie

s ho

me.

Mic

e sc

urry

aro

und

the

barn

.

We

milk

the

cow

s ev

ery

mor

ning

.

She

driv

es th

e bi

g tra

ctor

.

Jess

ica

help

s m

y br

othe

r dry

dis

hes.

They

cle

an th

e ki

tche

n.

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

70

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_070

.indd

70

8/29

/06

6:5

5:03

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

20

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) T

her

e w

as a

n a

rt s

how

at

the

libra

ry y

este

rday

. (2) C

hil

dre

n

dis

pla

yed

th

eir

art. (3

) I s

how

ed t

wo p

ain

tin

gs. (4

) Th

ey w

ere

the

larg

est

on

es i

n t

he

room

. (5) T

her

e w

ere

also

p

hoto

grap

hs

and

a b

lack

scu

lptu

re. (6

) Th

e sc

ulp

ture

was

in

tere

stin

g th

an t

he

ph

oto

grap

hs.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

uses

the

co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f an

adje

ctiv

e th

at c

omp

ares

?A

Se

nten

ce 3

B

Sent

ence

4C

Se

nten

ce 5

D

Sent

ence

6

2.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

need

s th

e w

ord

mor

e be

fore

it?

A

two

(Sen

tenc

e 3)

B

larg

est

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

C

blac

k (S

ente

nce

5)D

in

tere

stin

g (S

ente

nce

6)

3.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

coul

d be

w

ritte

n be

fore

Chi

ldre

n in

Se

nten

ce 2

?A

M

any

B

One

C

Hun

dred

D

Each

4.

Whi

ch a

djec

tive

that

tel

ls w

hat

kind

cou

ld fi

ll in

the

bla

nk in

Se

nten

ce 5

?A

bi

gges

tB

tin

iest

C

smal

lD

so

me

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an

adje

ctiv

e th

at t

ells

wha

t co

lor?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

6.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

doe

s N

OT

have

an

adje

ctiv

e?A

Se

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

71G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_071

.indd

71

8/29

/06

6:5

5:58

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

20

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft.

Then

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) L

uke

inte

rvie

ws

his

moth

er f

or

a n

ewsl

ette

r at

sch

ool.

(2) H

e

asks

his

moth

er q

ues

tion

s an

d w

rite

s d

ow

n a

an

swer

s. (3

)

ques

tion

s ar

e ab

out

his

moth

er’s

job.

(4) L

uke’

s m

oth

er i

s a

engi

nee

r.

(5) S

he

pla

ns

bri

dge

s, a

nd

peo

ple

buil

ds

them

. (6) S

tud

ents

en

joy

the

rep

ort

th

at L

uke

wri

tes.

1.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld t

he

artic

le b

e ch

ange

d to

an?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 2

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch w

ord

coul

d fil

l in

the

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 3?

A

AB

A

nC

Th

eD

W

rites

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l no

un w

ith a

n ar

ticle

tha

t do

es

NO

T ag

ree?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 2

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch o

f the

se a

ctio

n ve

rbs

does

NO

T ag

ree

with

its

subj

ect?

A

inte

rvie

ws

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

B

writ

es (

Sent

ence

2)

C

pla

ns (

Sent

ence

5)

D

build

s (S

ente

nce

5)

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

only

one

ac

tion

verb

?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 5

D

Sent

ence

6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l su

bjec

t an

d an

act

ion

verb

tha

t ag

rees

?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

6

72G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_072

.indd

72

8/29

/06

7:2

7:01

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eTh

e V

erb

Be

Less

on

21

Wri

te t

he

form

of

the

verb

be

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

1.

Laur

a is

col

d w

ithou

t he

r ha

t.

2.

The

win

ter

was

long

.

3.

The

glov

es a

re o

n th

e ch

air.

4.

I am

war

mer

now

.

5.

The

girls

wer

e at

hom

e.

6.

Julio

is w

ith L

aura

.

7.

The

child

ren

are

at t

he s

katin

g rin

k.

8.

Thos

e bo

ys w

ere

good

ska

ters

.

9.

The

lake

is fr

ozen

thi

s m

orni

ng.

10.

The

gras

s is

cov

ered

with

sno

w.

11.

I am

tire

d at

the

end

of t

he d

ay.

12.

A h

uge

snow

ball

is n

ext

to t

he h

ouse

.

13.

It is

the

beg

inni

ng o

f a s

now

man

.

14.

We

wer

e ex

cite

d to

beg

in.

15.

I am

free

zing

out

side

.

Wri

te f

ou

r se

nte

nce

s ab

ou

t yo

ur

clas

sro

om

, usi

ng

th

e ve

rb b

e. U

se a

si

ng

ula

r su

bje

ct in

tw

o s

ente

nce

s an

d a

plu

ral s

ub

ject

in t

he

oth

er t

wo

. U

nd

erlin

e th

e fo

rms

of

the

verb

be.

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

is

was

are

am

wer

e

is

are

wer

e

is is am

is

is

wer

e

am

73G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_073

.indd

738/

29/0

66:

56:4

0PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eTh

e V

erb

Be

Less

on

21

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ch

oo

se t

he

corr

ect

form

o

f th

e ve

rb b

e in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

It (

is, a

re)

sum

mer

.

2.

I (is

, am

) at

the

oce

an.

3.

We

(was

, wer

e) w

arm

in t

he s

un.

4.

He

(is, a

m)

in t

he w

ater

.

5.

They

(w

as, w

ere)

with

the

ir fr

iend

s.

6.

You

(is, a

re)

on a

bea

ch b

lank

et.

7.

I (w

as, a

re)

at t

he s

nack

bar

.

8.

It (

is, a

re)

next

to

a p

layg

roun

d.

9.

They

(is

, are

) on

the

sw

ings

.

10.

She

(is, a

re)

slee

py

at t

he e

nd o

f the

day

.

It is

sum

mer

.

I am

at t

he o

cean

.

We

wer

e w

arm

in th

e su

n.

He is

in th

e w

ater

.

They

wer

e w

ith th

eir f

riend

s.

You

are

on a

bea

ch b

lank

et.

I was

at t

he s

nack

bar

.

It is

nex

t to

a pl

aygr

ound

.

They

are

on

the

swin

gs.

She

is s

leep

y at

the

end

of th

e da

y.

74G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_074

.indd

748/

29/0

67:

28:1

2PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

21

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

y fr

ien

ds

and

I a

re a

t a

par

k. (2

) We

is v

ery

hap

py.

(3) F

low

ers

are

ever

ywh

ere.

(4) A

sq

uir

rel

in

a t

ree.

(5) I

sm

ile

at i

t. (6

) Sp

rin

g ar

e m

y fa

vori

te s

easo

n.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb b

e th

at d

oes

NO

T ag

ree

with

the

sub

ject

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

5

2.

Whi

ch d

oes

NO

T ha

ve a

form

of

the

ver

b be

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch c

ould

go

in t

he b

lank

in

Sent

ence

4?

Aam

Bis

Car

eD

wer

e

4.

How

sho

uld

the

form

of

the

verb

be

in S

ente

nce

6 be

writ

ten?

Aam

Bar

eC

wer

eD

is

5.

Whi

ch h

as a

form

of t

he

verb

be t

hat

links

the

sub

ject

to

wor

ds t

hat

tell

wha

t?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

6.

Whi

ch h

as a

form

of t

he

verb

be t

hat

links

the

sub

ject

to

wor

ds t

hat

tell

whe

re?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

75G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_075

.indd

758/

29/0

66:

57:1

8PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Th

e V

erb

Be

Less

on

21

Cir

cle

the

form

of

the

verb

be

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce.

Then

wri

te w

het

her

eac

h li

nks

th

e su

bje

ct t

o

wo

rds

that

tel

l wha

t o

r w

here

.

1.

Som

e se

als

are

whi

te.

2.

The

pen

guin

chi

ck w

as fu

zzy.

3.

You

wer

e on

the

sho

re.

4.

That

sha

rk is

nea

r a

wha

le.

5.

I am

with

my

par

ents

.

6.

They

are

sci

entis

ts.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

a c

orr

ect

form

of

the

verb

be.

Th

en

wri

te S

ab

ove

eac

h s

ing

ular

sub

ject

an

d P

ab

ove

eac

h p

lura

l sub

ject

.

7.

Thos

e fis

h s

mal

l and

silv

er.

8.

We

clo

se t

o th

e be

aver

’s d

am.

9.

He

in a

woo

den

boat

.

10.

The

river

fu

ll of

life

.Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

Thos

e fis

h ar

e sm

all a

nd s

ilver

.

We

wer

e cl

ose

to th

e be

aver

’s d

am.

He w

as in

a w

oode

n bo

at.

The

river

is fu

ll of

life

.S

SP

P

wha

t

wha

t

wha

twhe

re whe

re

whe

re 76G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_076

.indd

76

8/29

/06

6:5

8:35

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eM

ain

an

d

Hel

pin

g V

erb

s

Less

on

22

Cir

cle

the

hel

pin

g v

erb

an

d u

nd

erlin

e th

e m

ain

ve

rb in

eac

h s

ente

nce

.

1.

Som

e bu

tter

flies

can

fly

long

dis

tanc

es.

2.

Mot

hs a

re a

ttra

cted

to

the

light

.

3.

The

mos

qui

to c

ould

bite

you

!

4.

We

have

see

n m

any

inse

cts

this

sum

mer

.

5.

She

will

stu

dy b

ees

at t

he li

brar

y.

6.

I am

writ

ing

a re

por

t on

lady

bugs

.

7.

The

bats

wer

e lo

okin

g fo

r fo

od.

8.

You

shou

ld w

atch

tha

t hu

mm

ingb

ird.

9.

The

duck

s ha

d flo

wn

sout

h fo

r th

e w

inte

r.

10.

An

eagl

e is

glid

ing

thro

ugh

the

sky.

11.

The

haw

k ha

s sp

otte

d a

mou

se.

12.

A p

arro

t m

ay li

ve fo

r 80

yea

rs.

Wri

te f

ou

r se

nte

nce

s ab

ou

t yo

ur

day

at

sch

oo

l, u

sin

g m

ain

an

d h

elp

ing

ve

rbs.

Cir

cle

the

hel

pin

g v

erb

s. U

nd

erlin

e th

e m

ain

ver

bs.

Acce

pt r

easo

nabl

e re

spon

ses.

77G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_077

.indd

778/

29/0

66:

59:2

9PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eM

ain

an

d

Hel

pin

g V

erb

s

Less

on

22

Cir

cle

the

hel

pin

g v

erb

s, a

nd

un

der

line

the

mai

n v

erb

s.

1.

I did

not

wat

ch t

he s

unse

t.

2.

We

will

now

cha

nge

into

paj

amas

.

3.

I cou

ld n

ot s

ee t

he m

oon.

4.

It w

as h

idde

n be

hind

a c

loud

.

5.

They

wou

ld n

ot g

o to

bed

.

6.

The

baby

has

nev

er s

lep

t th

roug

h th

e ni

ght.

7.

The

dogs

wer

e al

read

y sl

eep

ing.

8.

Star

s ar

e sh

inin

g in

the

sky

.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

a h

elp

ing

ver

b f

rom

th

e b

ox.

9.

Mot

hs

fly

up t

o 25

mile

s p

er h

our.

10.

That

mot

h n

ot h

ave

spot

s on

its

win

gs.

11.

The

butt

erfly

w

alki

ng o

n a

leaf

.

12.

Thos

e bu

tter

flies

g

one

to M

exic

o fo

r th

e w

inte

r.

isd

oes

can

hav

e

Mot

hs c

an fl

y up

to 2

5 m

iles

per h

our.

That

mot

h do

es n

ot h

ave

spot

s on

its

win

gs.

The

butte

rfly

is w

alki

ng o

n a

leaf

.

Thos

e bu

tterfl

ies

have

gon

e to

Mex

ico

for t

he w

inte

r.

78G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_078

.indd

788/

29/0

67:

00:3

5PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

22

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) I

n h

er d

ream

s, M

and

y ca

n f

ly. (2

) Sh

e gl

idin

g ove

r

the

city

at

nig

ht. (3

) Th

e su

n h

ave

set. (4

) It

wil

l so

on

bec

om

e

dar

k. (5

) Man

dy

love

s h

er d

ream

. (6) S

he

wil

l fo

rget

it.

1.

Whi

ch h

as a

hel

pin

g ve

rb t

hat

does

NO

T ag

ree

with

the

su

bjec

t?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

2.

Whi

ch h

as a

mai

n ve

rb a

nd a

he

lpin

g ve

rb u

sed

corr

ectly

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

5

3.

The

wor

d no

t sh

ould

follo

w

the

hel

pin

g ve

rb in

Sen

tenc

e 6.

Whe

re s

houl

d it

go?

Aaf

ter

She

Baf

ter

will

Caf

ter

forg

et

Daf

ter

it

4.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

shou

ld t

he

help

ing

verb

is g

o be

fore

the

m

ain

verb

?A

Sent

ence

2B

Sent

ence

4C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

5.

Whi

ch d

oes

NO

T ha

ve a

he

lpin

g ve

rb?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch a

re t

he m

ain

and

help

ing

verb

s in

Sen

tenc

e 4?

Aw

ill a

nd s

oon

Bw

ill a

nd b

ecom

eC

soon

and

bec

ome

Dbe

com

e an

d da

rk

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

79G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_079

.indd

798/

29/0

67:

01:0

4PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e M

ain

an

d

Hel

pin

g V

erb

s

Less

on

22

Rew

rite

th

e se

nte

nce

s. A

dd

a h

elp

ing

ver

b t

o

each

on

e.

1.

I nev

er s

tudi

ed m

amm

als.

2.

We

lear

n ab

out

bats

.

3.

We

go t

o th

e lib

rary

.

4.

Butt

erfli

es s

ee r

ed, y

ello

w, a

nd g

reen

.

5.

A b

utte

rfly

land

ed o

n th

at le

af.

6.

That

but

terf

ly la

id 4

00 e

ggs.

7.

Butt

erfli

es fl

y on

ly w

hen

they

are

war

m.

8.

The

libra

rian

foun

d a

grea

t bo

ok a

bout

but

terf

lies.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

I hav

e ne

ver s

tudi

ed m

amm

als.

We

will

lear

n ab

out b

ats.

We

shou

ld g

o to

the

libra

ry.

Butte

rflie

s ca

n se

e re

d, y

ello

w, a

nd g

reen

.

A bu

tterfl

y ha

s la

nded

on

that

leaf

.

That

but

terfl

y ha

s la

id 4

00 e

ggs.

Butte

rflie

s w

ill fl

y on

ly w

hen

they

are

war

m.

The

libra

rian

has

foun

d a

grea

t boo

k ab

out b

utte

rflie

s.

80G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_080

.indd

80

8/29

/06

7:0

2:16

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePr

esen

t-Te

nse

Ver

bs

Less

on

23

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t p

rese

nt-

ten

se f

orm

of

the

verb

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

I (he

lp)

my

fam

ily.

2.

My

sist

er (

pla

nt)

carr

ot s

eeds

.

3.

We

(wor

k) t

oget

her

in t

he g

arde

n.

4.

My

brot

her

(pic

k) t

omat

oes.

5.

My

mot

her

(car

ry)

them

insi

de.

6.

My

fath

er (

was

h) t

he t

omat

oes.

7.

He

(slic

e) t

hem

into

sm

all p

iece

s.

8.

I (m

ake)

a s

alad

for

dinn

er.

9.

A fr

iend

(ea

t) w

ith u

s.

10.

She

(enj

oy)

the

sala

d.

I hel

p m

y fa

mily

.

My

sist

er p

lant

s ca

rrot

see

ds.

We

wor

k to

geth

er in

the

gard

en.

My

brot

her p

icks

tom

atoe

s.

My

mot

her c

arrie

s th

em in

side

.

My

fath

er w

ashe

s th

e to

mat

oes.

He s

lices

them

into

sm

all p

iece

s.

I mak

e a

sala

d fo

r din

ner.

A fri

end

eats

with

us.

She

enjo

ys th

e sa

lad.

81G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_081

.indd

818/

29/0

67:

03:2

2PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePr

esen

t-Te

nse

Ver

bs

Less

on

23

Wri

te t

he

verb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

wri

te S

if

the

sub

ject

is s

ing

ular

or

P if

th

e su

bje

ct is

plu

ral.

1.

We

pla

n a

pic

nic.

2.

I mak

e sa

ndw

iche

s.

3.

A d

ish

brea

ks.

4.

Lila

fixe

s it

with

glu

e.

5.

The

child

ren

eat

unde

r a

tree

.

6.

Tere

sa h

ears

thu

nder

.

7.

They

put

the

food

aw

ay.

8.

She

runs

hom

e.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t p

rese

nt-

ten

se f

orm

of

the

verb

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

9.

Leah

(lik

e) t

his

book

.

10.

The

prin

ce (

mar

ry)

the

prin

cess

.

11.

He

(writ

e) a

fair

y ta

le.

12.

We

(enj

oy)

the

stor

y.

Leah

like

s th

is b

ook.

The

prin

ce m

arrie

s th

e pr

ince

ss.

He w

rites

a fa

iry

tale

.

We

enjo

y th

e st

ory.

plan

, P

mak

e, S

brea

ks, S fix

es, S

eat,

P

hear

s, S

put,

P

runs

, S 82G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_082

.indd

828/

29/0

67:

04:0

9PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

23

(1) M

y fa

ther

an

d I

mak

e a

cake

for

my

bro

ther

’s bir

thd

ay.

(2) I

mix

th

e in

gred

ien

ts. (3

) My

fath

er b

ake

the

cake

in t

he

ove

n. (4

) We

ices

it

toge

ther

. (5) M

y bro

ther

t

he

cake

at h

is p

arty

. (6)

love

s it

.

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar s

ubje

ct a

nd a

cor

rect

p

rese

nt-t

ense

ver

b?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

subj

ect

and

an in

corr

ect

pre

sent

-ten

se v

erb?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l sub

ject

and

a c

orre

ct

pre

sent

-ten

se v

erb?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l su

bjec

t an

d an

inco

rrec

t p

rese

nt-t

ense

ver

b?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

4

5.

Whi

ch is

a p

rese

nt-t

ense

ver

b th

at c

ould

fill

in t

he b

lank

in

Sent

ence

5?

Aea

ting

Bea

tC

eats

Dat

e

6.

Whi

ch s

ubje

ct c

ould

fill

in t

he

blan

k in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

AH

eB

We

CH

e an

d hi

s fr

iend

sD

My

brot

her’s

frie

nds

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

83G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_083

.indd

838/

29/0

67:

04:4

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Pr

esen

t-Te

nse

Ver

bs

Less

on

23

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

co

rrec

tly,

usi

ng

th

e su

bje

ct in

par

enth

eses

( )

. Be

sure

th

at t

he

verb

in

yo

ur s

ente

nce

ag

rees

wit

h it

s n

ew s

ubje

ct.

Exam

ple:

G

lend

a lik

es m

ath.

(M

y br

othe

rs)

1.

I ent

er a

writ

ing

cont

est.

(G

eorg

e)

2.

The

teac

hers

judg

e th

e co

ntes

t. (

A t

each

er)

3.

One

stu

dent

win

s th

e co

ntes

t. (

Two

stud

ents

)

4.

We

like

stor

ies

abou

t an

imal

s. (

You)

5.

She

pre

fers

tru

e st

orie

s. (

He)

6.

The

prin

cess

es m

eet

a p

rince

. (Th

e p

rince

ss)

7.

We

hurr

y ho

me

from

sch

ool.

(The

y)

8.

Our

mot

her

open

s th

e fr

ont

door

. (W

e)

My

brot

hers

like

mat

h.

Geor

ge e

nter

s a

writ

ing

cont

est.

A te

ache

r jud

ges

the

cont

est.

Two

stud

ents

win

the

cont

est.

You

like

stor

ies

abou

t ani

mal

s.

He p

refe

rs tr

ue s

torie

s.

The

prin

cess

mee

ts a

prin

ce.

They

hur

ry h

ome

from

sch

ool.

We

open

the

front

doo

r.

84G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_084

.indd

84

8/29

/06

7:0

6:33

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePa

st-T

ense

an

d

Futu

re-T

ense

Ver

bs

Less

on

24

Wri

te t

he

verb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

lab

el it

as

pres

ent,

pas

t, o

r fu

ture

ten

se.

1.

Jen

finis

hes

her

hom

ewor

k q

uick

ly.

2.

Sim

on w

ill w

rite

an e

ssay

nex

t w

eek.

3.

The

teac

her

assi

gned

five

mat

h p

robl

ems.

4.

You

carr

ied

a di

ctio

nary

to

scho

ol.

5.

Stud

ents

will

rea

d th

eir

rep

orts

alo

ud.

6.

Jaso

n dr

aws

a p

ictu

re in

art

cla

ss.

7.

We

trie

d th

e sc

ienc

e ex

per

imen

t at

hom

e.

8.

The

child

ren

nam

ed t

hree

kin

ds o

f pla

nts.

9.

My

sist

er le

arns

Sp

anis

h in

hig

h sc

hool

.

10.

I will

ask

my

mot

her

for

help

.

finis

hes;

pre

sent

will

writ

e; fu

ture

assi

gned

; pas

t

carr

ied;

pas

t

will

read

; fut

ure

draw

s; p

rese

nt

tried

; pas

t

nam

ed; p

ast

lear

ns; p

rese

nt

will

ask

; fut

ure

85G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_085

.indd

858/

29/0

67:

07:3

6PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePa

st-T

ense

an

d

Futu

re-T

ense

Ver

bs

Less

on

24

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e fu

ture

-ten

se

form

of

the

verb

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

Yola

nda

(sta

y) h

ome

from

sch

ool t

oday

.

2.

She

(go)

to

the

doct

or la

ter.

3.

The

doct

or (

give

) he

r so

me

med

icin

e.

4.

She

(fee

l) m

uch

bett

er t

omor

row

.

Wri

te a

sen

ten

ce t

hat

use

s th

e fu

ture

-ten

se f

orm

of

the

verb

.

5.

run

6.

pla

y

7.

hurr

y

8.

wat

ch

Yola

nda

will

sta

y ho

me

from

sch

ool t

oday

.

She

will

go

to th

e do

ctor

late

r.

The

doct

or w

ill g

ive

her s

ome

med

icin

e.

She

will

feel

muc

h be

tter t

omor

row

.

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

I will

run

in th

e pa

rk.

Mel

issa

will

pla

y w

ith h

er fr

iend

.

My

mot

her w

ill h

urry

hom

e.

We

will

wat

ch a

mov

ie la

ter.

86G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_086

.indd

868/

29/0

67:

08:4

0PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

24

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) P

aul

all

wee

k f

or

tod

ay’s

mat

h t

est. (2

) Soon

he

take

the

test

. (3) H

e cl

ears

his

des

k. (4

) His

tea

cher

han

ds

him

th

e te

st s

hee

t. (5

) Sh

e sm

iles

an

d s

ays

“Good

luck

.” (6

) Pau

l

work

ed h

ard

, an

d h

e w

ill

do w

ell

on

th

e te

st.

1.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

BES

T co

mp

lete

s Se

nten

ce 1

?A

stud

yB

will

stu

dyC

stud

ied

Dst

udie

s

2.

Whi

ch v

erb

need

s th

e he

lpin

g ve

rbw

ill t

o m

ake

it a

corr

ect

futu

re-t

ense

ver

b?A

take

(Se

nten

ce 2

)B

clea

rs (

Sent

ence

3)

Csm

iles

(Sen

tenc

e 5)

Dw

orke

d (S

ente

nce

6)

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

pre

sent

-ten

se v

erb?

ASe

nten

ce 3

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

two

corr

ect

pre

sent

-ten

se v

erbs

?A

Sent

ence

3B

Sent

ence

4C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

rrec

t p

ast-

tens

e ve

rb?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

rrec

t fu

ture

-ten

se v

erb?

ASe

nten

ce 3

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

87G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_087

.indd

878/

29/0

67:

09:0

3PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Pa

st-T

ense

an

d

Futu

re-T

ense

Ver

bs

Less

on

24

Un

der

line

the

verb

in e

ach

sen

ten

ce. T

hen

re

wri

te t

he

sen

ten

ce in

th

e te

nse

sh

ow

nin

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

The

child

ren

stud

y q

uiet

ly. (

pas

t)

2.

The

teac

her

will

tal

k ab

out

the

rep

ort.

(p

ast)

3.

Man

y st

uden

ts e

njoy

ed m

usic

cla

ss. (

pre

sent

)

4.

Mr.

Gre

en s

core

s th

e te

st. (

futu

re)

5.

Tim

will

hur

ry t

o sc

hool

. (p

rese

nt)

6.

We

pla

y ou

tsid

e du

ring

rece

ss. (

pas

t)

7.

You

solv

ed t

he m

ath

pro

blem

. (fu

ture

)

8.

Mis

ha p

ract

ices

the

flut

e. (

pas

t)

The

child

ren

stud

ied

quie

tly.

The

teac

her t

alke

d ab

out t

he re

port.

Man

y st

uden

ts e

njoy

mus

ic c

lass

.

Mr.

Gree

n w

ill s

core

the

test

.

Tim

hur

ries

to s

choo

l.

We

play

ed o

utsi

de d

urin

g re

cess

.

You

will

sol

ve th

e m

ath

prob

lem

.

Mis

ha p

ract

iced

the

flute

.

88G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_088

.indd

88

8/29

/06

7:1

0:12

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

25

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

ia a

nd

Sim

on w

riti

ng

a st

ory

. (2) T

he

story

are

about

a ro

bot.

(3) T

he

robot

is

fun

ny.

(4) I

t s

ay a

ll s

ort

s of

thin

gs. (5

) Th

e

chil

dre

n a

re e

xcit

ed. (6

) Th

ey w

ill sh

ow

th

e st

ory

to t

hei

r te

ach

er.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a si

ngul

ar

subj

ect

and

the

corr

ect

form

of

the

verb

be?

A

Sent

ence

2B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

5D

Se

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

lura

l su

bjec

t an

d th

e co

rrec

t fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb b

e?A

Se

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 5

D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a fo

rm o

f th

e ve

rb b

e th

at d

oes

not

agre

e w

ith t

he s

ubje

ct?

A

Sent

ence

2B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

5D

Se

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch h

elp

ing

verb

sho

uld

go b

efor

e th

e m

ain

verb

in

Sent

ence

1?

A

have

B

will

C

can

D

are

5.

Whi

ch h

elp

ing

verb

cou

ld

com

ple

te S

ente

nce

4?A

ha

veB

ha

dC

ca

nD

is

6.

Whi

ch o

ther

hel

pin

g ve

rb c

ould

rep

lace

will

in

Sen

tenc

e 6?

A

had

B

can

C

have

D

wer

e

89G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_089

.indd

89

8/29

/06

7:2

9:00

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

25

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) W

illi

am l

ove

s sp

ace.

(2) H

e lo

oked

at

pic

ture

s of

the

sun

and

moon

wh

en h

e w

as y

oun

ger.

(3) N

ow

he

read

books

about

the

sola

r sy

stem

. (4) H

e w

ill

lear

n a

bout

the

pla

net

s. (5

) He

wil

l

stud

ies

spac

e tr

avel

. (6) O

ne

day

he

wil

l bec

om

e an

ast

ron

aut.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

rrec

t p

ast-

tens

e ve

rb?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 2

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

rrec

t p

rese

nt-t

ense

ver

b?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 3

D

Sent

ence

4

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an

inco

rrec

t fo

rm o

f a

futu

re-t

ense

ver

b?A

Se

nten

ce 2

B

Sent

ence

4C

Se

nten

ce 5

D

Sent

ence

6

4.

Whi

ch v

erb

shou

ld e

nd w

ith

an s

?A

lo

oked

(Se

nten

ce 2

)B

re

ad (

Sent

ence

3)

C

lear

n (S

ente

nce

4)D

be

com

e (S

ente

nce

6)

5.

Whi

ch is

the

futu

re-t

ense

form

of

the

ver

b in

Sen

tenc

e 1?

A

love

B

will

love

C

will

love

sD

lo

ved

6.

Whi

ch is

the

pas

t-te

nse

form

of

the

verb

in S

ente

nce

4?A

le

arn

B

lear

nsC

ca

n le

arn

D

lear

ned

90G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_090

.indd

90

8/29

/06

7:1

0:52

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eIr

reg

ula

r V

erb

s

Less

on

26

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e ve

rb a

nd

ten

se

sho

wn

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

I a

sp

ider

yes

terd

ay. (

see—

pas

t te

nse)

2.

The

spid

er

hom

e to

its

web

. (go

—p

ast

tens

e)

3.

Shon

dra

a p

et s

pid

er. (

have

—p

ast

tens

e)

4.

Zac

k t

hat

he li

kes

spid

ers.

(sa

y—p

rese

nt t

ense

)

5.

A s

pide

r s

ever

al t

hing

s to

cat

ch in

sect

s. (

do—

pres

ent

tens

e)

6.

A fl

y t

o th

e sp

ider

’s w

eb. (

com

e—p

rese

nt t

ense

)

7.

That

sp

ider

(

have

—p

rese

nt t

ense

) a

stic

ky w

eb.

8.

The

spid

er

(do

—p

ast

tens

e) it

s w

ork

qui

ckly

.

Poss

ible

repo

nses

ar

e sh

own.

I saw

a s

pide

r yes

terd

ay.

The

spid

er w

ent h

ome

to it

s w

eb.

Shon

dra

had

a pe

t spi

der.

Zack

say

s th

at h

e lik

es s

pide

rs

A sp

ider

doe

s se

vera

l thi

ngs

to c

atch

inse

cts.

A fly

com

es to

the

spid

er’s

web

.

That

spi

der h

as a

stic

ky w

eb.

The

spid

er d

id it

s w

ork

quic

kly.

91G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_091

.indd

918/

29/0

67:

11:5

3PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eIr

reg

ula

r V

erb

s

Less

on

26

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e co

rrec

t p

rese

nt-

ten

se v

erb

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

The

tired

pig

(lie

s, la

ys)

in t

he g

rass

.

2.

The

sun

(ris

es, r

aise

s) o

ver

the

field

.

3.

The

farm

er (

sits

, set

s) h

er b

ucke

t on

a s

tool

.

4.

He

(lies

, lay

s) a

bla

nket

ove

r th

e ho

rse.

5.

We

(sit,

set

) to

geth

er u

nder

an

app

le t

ree.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e p

ast-

ten

se f

orm

of

the

verb

sh

ow

n

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

6.

Gw

en

in t

he s

un a

ll af

tern

oon.

(lie

)

7.

The

child

ren

ear

ly fo

r sc

hool

. (ris

e)

8.

You

the

egg

s on

the

tab

le. (

set)

9.

The

hen

man

y eg

gs. (

lay)

The

tired

pig

lies

in th

e gr

ass.

The

sun

rises

ove

r the

fiel

d.

The

farm

er s

ets

her b

ucke

t on

a st

ool.

He la

ys a

bla

nket

ove

r the

hor

se.

We

sit t

oget

her u

nder

an

appl

e tre

e.

Gwen

lay

in th

e su

n al

l afte

rnoo

n.

The

child

ren

rose

ear

ly fo

r sch

ool.

You

set t

he e

ggs

on th

e ta

ble.

The

hen

laid

man

y eg

gs. 92

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_092

.indd

928/

29/0

67:

12:5

4PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eG

ram

mar

–Wri

tin

gC

on

nec

tio

n

Less

on

26

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) T

he

sun

ris

en, a

nd

it

was

a b

eauti

ful

morn

ing.

(2) N

ath

an

in

th

e gr

ass.

(3) H

e w

atch

ed a

s th

ree

dee

r ca

me

to t

he

rive

r.

(4) N

ath

an s

aw t

he

dee

r d

rin

k. (5

) He

say

noth

ing,

bec

ause

he

did

not

wan

t to

sca

re t

hem

. (6) W

hen

th

e d

eer

had

fin

ish

ed d

rin

kin

g, N

ath

an

to h

is f

eet

and

wal

ked

quie

tly

hom

e.

1.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

cou

ld g

o in

th

e bl

ank

in S

ente

nce

2?A

lays

Bla

idC

lain

Dla

y

2.

Whi

ch is

the

pre

sent

-ten

se

form

of t

he v

erb

saw

in

Sent

ence

4?

Adi

d se

enB

had

seen

Cha

d se

eD

sees

3.

Whi

ch is

a c

orre

ct p

ast-

tens

e ve

rb t

o re

pla

ce t

he u

nder

lined

ve

rb in

Sen

tenc

e 5?

Asa

ysB

saye

dC

said

Dsa

ying

4.

Whi

ch v

erb

need

s th

e he

lpin

g ve

rbha

d be

fore

it?

Aris

en (

Sent

ence

1)

Bsa

w (

Sent

ence

4)

Cdr

ink

(Sen

tenc

e 4)

Dsc

are

(Sen

tenc

e 5)

5.

Whi

ch a

re t

he p

rese

nt-t

ense

fo

rms

of t

he v

erbs

in

Sent

ence

3?

Aw

atch

es, c

ome

Bdi

d w

atch

, had

com

eC

had

wat

ched

, had

com

eD

will

wat

ch, w

ill c

ome

6.

Whi

ch v

erb

form

cou

ld g

o in

th

e bl

ank

in S

ente

nce

6?A

rise

Bro

seC

rais

eD

rais

ed

93G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_093

.indd

938/

29/0

67:

13:1

1PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Ir

reg

ula

r V

erb

s

Less

on

26

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e ve

rb t

ense

in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

The

spid

er la

id e

ggs.

(p

rese

nt t

ense

)

2.

I hav

e tw

o bo

oks

on s

pid

ers.

(p

ast

tens

e)

3.

The

farm

er’s

dau

ghte

r ha

d do

ne h

er c

hore

s. (

pre

sent

ten

se)

4.

She

sits

at

the

kitc

hen

tabl

e. (

pas

t te

nse)

5.

Her

bro

ther

com

es h

ome

from

sch

ool.

(pas

t te

nse)

6.

He

will

say

“gi

ddyu

p”

to t

he h

orse

. (p

ast

tens

e)

7.

The

neig

hbor

s ra

ised

the

ir ne

w fl

ag. (

pre

sent

ten

se)

8.

We

saw

man

y an

imal

s on

the

farm

. (p

rese

nt t

ense

)

The

spid

er la

ys e

ggs.

I had

two

book

s on

spi

ders

.

The

farm

er’s

dau

ghte

r doe

s he

r cho

res.

She

sat a

t the

kitc

hen

tabl

e.

Her b

roth

er c

ame

hom

e fro

m s

choo

l.

He s

aid

“gid

dyup

” to

the

hors

e.

The

neig

hbor

s ra

ise

thei

r new

flag

.

We

see

man

y an

imal

s on

the

farm

.

94G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_094

.indd

94

8/29

/06

7:1

4:23

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eA

dve

rbs

Less

on

27

Wri

te t

he

adve

rb in

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Th

en w

rite

w

het

her

it t

ells

how

, whe

re, o

r w

hen.

1.

Ant

s w

ork

toge

ther

in c

olon

ies.

2.

We

saw

an

ant

hill

outs

ide.

3.

I obs

erve

d an

ts e

arlie

r.

4.

You

touc

hed

one

ant

gent

ly.

5.

Soon

the

ant

s w

ill d

ig a

nes

t.

6.

Som

e an

ts le

ft a

tra

il he

re.

7.

The

big

ant

mov

es s

low

ly.

8.

Wow

, tho

se a

nts

go e

very

whe

re!

9.

The

ants

car

eful

ly c

arry

a b

read

cru

mb.

10.

Wor

ker

ants

alw

ays

care

for

thei

r q

ueen

.

11.

Now

the

ant

s w

alk

in a

line

.

12.

Thos

e an

ts li

ve u

nder

grou

nd.

Wri

te t

hre

e se

nte

nce

s ab

ou

t yo

ur

day

at

sch

oo

l. U

se a

n a

dve

rb in

eac

h

sen

ten

ce. O

ne

adve

rb s

ho

uld

tel

l ho

w, o

ne

sho

uld

tel

l wh

ere,

an

d o

ne

sho

uld

tel

l wh

en.

toge

ther

, how

Acce

pt re

ason

able

resp

onse

s.

outs

ide,

whe

re

earli

er, w

hen

gent

ly, h

ow

Soon

, whe

n

here

, whe

re

slow

ly, h

ow

ever

ywhe

re, w

here

care

fully

, how

alw

ays,

whe

n

Now

, whe

n

unde

rgro

und,

whe

re

95G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_095

.indd

958/

29/0

67:

14:4

4PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eA

dve

rbs

Less

on

27

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

th

e co

rrec

t co

mp

arat

ive

form

of

the

adve

rb in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

1.

This

ant

wor

ks (

hard

) th

an t

hat

ant.

2.

Whi

ch b

utte

rfly

flie

s th

e (lo

w)?

3.

The

shar

k sw

ims

(fas

t) t

han

the

fish.

4.

That

dol

phi

n ju

mp

s th

e (h

igh)

of a

ll.

5.

Thes

e bi

rds

will

fly

sout

h (s

oon)

tha

n th

ose

bird

s.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Ad

d m

ore

or

the

mos

t b

efo

re t

he

adve

rb.

6.

The

nigh

tinga

le s

ings

b

eaut

ifully

of a

ll th

e bi

rds.

7.

A t

iger

mov

es

sile

ntly

tha

n an

ele

pha

nt.

8.

The

hors

e dr

inks

o

ften

tha

n th

e ca

mel

.

9.

My

dog

wag

s its

tai

l h

app

ily o

f all.

This

ant

wor

ks h

arde

r tha

n th

at a

nt.

Whi

ch b

utte

rfly

flies

the

low

est?

The

shar

k sw

ims

fast

er th

an th

e fis

h.

That

dol

phin

jum

ps th

e hi

ghes

t of a

ll.

Thes

e bi

rds

will

fly

sout

h so

oner

than

thos

e bi

rds.

The

nigh

tinga

le s

ings

the

mos

t bea

utifu

lly o

f all

the

bird

s.

A tig

er m

oves

mor

e si

lent

ly th

an a

n el

epha

nt.

The

hors

e dr

inks

mor

e of

ten

than

the

cam

el.

My

dog

wag

s its

tail

the

mos

t hap

pily

of a

ll.

96G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_096

.indd

968/

29/0

67:

15:3

5PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

27

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) I

lik

e sc

ien

ce, a

nd

I w

ork

har

d. (2

) Yes

terd

ay I

rea

d a

bout

spid

ers.

(3) T

od

ay I

stu

die

d t

he

pla

net

s. (4

) I l

earn

ed t

hat

Ear

th

spin

s t

han

Mer

cury

. (5) I

als

o l

earn

ed t

hat

Mer

cury

move

s ar

oun

d t

he

sun

th

e o

f al

l th

e p

lan

ets.

(6) I

wil

l

visi

t a

scie

nce

muse

um

soon

, an

d I

wil

l le

arn

more

th

ere.

1.

Whi

ch w

ord

does

the

adv

erb

in S

ente

nce

1 de

scrib

e?A

IB

like

Csc

ienc

eD

wor

k

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an a

dver

b th

at t

ells

how

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

3D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an a

dver

b th

at t

ells

whe

re?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 6

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

n ad

verb

tha

t te

lls w

hen?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 6

5.

Whi

ch fo

rm o

f an

adve

rb c

ould

go

in t

he b

lank

in S

ente

nce

4?A

fast

Bfa

ster

Cm

ore

fast

erD

fast

est

6.

Whi

ch fo

rm o

f an

adve

rb c

ould

go

in t

he b

lank

in S

ente

nce

5?A

qui

ckB

qui

ckly

Cm

ost

qui

ckly

D

mor

e q

uick

lyGra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

97G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_097

.indd

978/

29/0

67:

15:5

5PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e A

dve

rbs

Less

on

27

Wri

te t

he

adve

rb in

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Th

en w

rite

th

e ve

rb t

hat

it d

escr

ibes

.

1.

My

teac

her

talk

s ex

cite

dly

abou

t sc

ienc

e.

2.

Tom

orro

w w

e w

ill le

arn

abou

t in

sect

s.

3.

Of a

ll th

e st

uden

ts, E

van

stud

ied

the

long

est.

4.

I sp

eak

mor

e so

ftly

tha

n th

e ot

her

stud

ents

at

the

libra

ry.

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Co

mp

lete

it w

ith

an

ad

verb

th

at a

nsw

ers

the

que

stio

n in

par

enth

eses

( )

.

5.

This

sp

ider

cra

wls

t

han

that

sp

ider

. (H

ow?)

6.

I put

my

rep

ort

. (W

here

?)

7.

you

will

lear

n ab

out

the

sun.

(W

hen?

)

exci

tedl

y, ta

lks

Tom

orro

w, l

earn

(will

lear

n)

the

long

est,

stud

ied

mor

e so

ftly,

spe

ak

Poss

ible

resp

onse

s ar

e sh

own.

This

spi

der c

raw

ls m

ore

quic

kly

than

that

spi

der.

I put

my

repo

rt th

ere.

Now

you

will

lear

n ab

out t

he s

un.

98G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_098

.indd

98

8/29

/06

7:1

7:08

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

on

trac

tio

ns

Less

on

28

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

th

e un

der

lined

w

ord

s w

ith

a c

on

trac

tio

n.

1.

It is

an

exci

ting

day.

2.

I am

goi

ng t

o be

in a

bak

ing

cont

est.

3.

Som

e ch

ildre

n di

d no

t kn

ow a

bout

the

con

test

.

4.

You

are

brin

ging

tw

o p

ies.

5.

My

brot

hers

are

not

bak

ing

anyt

hing

.

6.

They

had

not

ent

ered

the

con

test

.

7.

The

judg

es w

ere

not

in t

he r

oom

.

8.

They

are

eag

er t

o ta

ste

my

cook

ies.

9.

My

fath

er c

ould

not

com

e to

the

con

test

.

10.

We

shou

ld n

ot e

at t

oo m

uch

cake

.

It’s

an e

xciti

ng d

ay.

I’m g

oing

to b

e in

a b

akin

g co

ntes

t.

Som

e ch

ildre

n di

dn’t

know

abo

ut th

e co

ntes

t.

You’

re b

ringi

ng tw

o pi

es.

My

brot

hers

are

n’t b

akin

g an

ythi

ng.

They

had

n’t e

nter

ed th

e co

ntes

t.

The

judg

es w

eren

’t in

the

room

.

They

’re e

ager

to ta

ste

my

cook

ies.

My

fath

er c

ould

n’t c

ome

to th

e co

ntes

t.

We

shou

ldn’

t eat

too

muc

h ca

ke.

99G

ram

mar

Pra

ctic

e B

oo

k

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_099

.indd

998/

29/0

67:

30:0

2PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

eC

on

trac

tio

ns

Less

on

28

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

, usi

ng

th

e co

rrec

t w

ord

(s)

in p

aren

thes

es (

).

1.

You

hadn

’t (

ever

, nev

er)

told

me

abou

t vo

lcan

oes.

2.

I don

’t k

now

(no

thin

g, a

nyth

ing)

abo

ut t

hem

.

3.

My

brot

her

hasn

’t w

on (

any,

no)

sci

ence

priz

es y

et.

4.

My

sist

er d

oesn

’t h

ave

(non

e, a

ny)

eith

er.

5.

We

have

n’t

told

(an

ybod

y, n

obod

y) a

bout

the

con

test

.

6.

Laur

ie w

ould

n’t

tell

her

frie

nds

(nei

ther

, eith

er).

7.

Car

los

won

’t g

o (a

nyw

here

, now

here

) w

ithou

t a

note

book

.

8.

Isn’

t (n

o on

e, a

nyon

e) in

the

cla

ssro

om?

9.

Thos

e ch

ildre

n ne

ver

ente

r (a

ny, n

o) c

onte

sts.

10.

No

one

said

(no

thin

g, a

nyth

ing)

abo

ut c

lean

ing

up.

You

hadn

’t ev

er to

ld m

e ab

out v

olca

noes

.

I don

’t kn

ow a

nyth

ing

abou

t the

m.

My

brot

her h

asn’

t won

any

sci

ence

priz

es y

et.

My

sist

er d

oesn

’t ha

ve a

ny e

ither

.

We

have

n’t t

old

anyb

ody

abou

t the

con

test

.

Laur

ie w

ould

n’t t

ell h

er fr

iend

s ei

ther

.

Carlo

s w

on’t

go a

nyw

here

with

out a

not

eboo

k.

Isn’

t any

one

in th

e cl

assr

oom

?

Thos

e ch

ildre

n ne

ver e

nter

any

con

test

s.

No o

ne s

aid

anyt

hing

abo

ut c

lean

ing

up.

100

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_100

.indd

100

8/29

/06

7:18

:26

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

28

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

aria

is

not

goin

g to

giv

e up

! (2)

Sh

e is

mak

ing

an e

lect

ric

buzz

er f

or

her

sci

ence

pro

ject

. (3) S

he

has

not

ever

mad

e on

e bef

ore

, but

her

tea

cher

sh

ow

ed h

er h

ow

. (4) N

ow M

aria

does

n’t

even

nee

d n

o h

elp.

(5) M

aria

’s te

ach

er s

mil

es a

t h

er. (6

) g

lad

th

at s

he’

s in

his

cla

ss.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

ntra

ctio

n th

at is

form

ed

with

a p

rono

un?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 4

CSe

nten

ce 5

DSe

nten

ce 6

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

ntra

ctio

n th

at is

form

ed

with

the

wor

d no

t?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

4C

Sent

ence

5D

Sent

ence

6

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve t

wo

wor

ds t

hat

coul

d fo

rm a

con

trac

tion?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

4.

In

whi

ch s

ente

nce

coul

d yo

u fo

rm a

con

trac

tion

that

in

clud

es a

sub

ject

pro

noun

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

2C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch is

a c

orre

ct c

ontr

actio

n th

at c

ould

go

in t

he b

lank

in

Sent

ence

6?

AH

e’s

BH

es’

CH

e’d

DH

e’re

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an e

rror

in

it?

ASe

nten

ce 2

BSe

nten

ce 3

CSe

nten

ce 4

DSe

nten

ce 5

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

101

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_101

.indd

101

9/18

/06

6:28

:07

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e C

on

trac

tio

ns

Less

on

28

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Rep

lace

eac

h c

on

trac

tio

n

wit

h t

he

wo

rds

used

to

fo

rm it

.

1.

Alic

e do

esn’

t se

e th

at w

e’re

wav

ing.

2.

She’

s w

orrie

d th

at w

e ha

ven’

t ar

rived

.

3.

I’m g

lad

that

you

did

n’t

stay

hom

e.

4.

It is

n’t

clea

r th

at h

e’s

the

win

ner.

If t

he

sen

ten

ce is

co

rrec

t, w

rite

cor

rect

. If

it is

no

t, r

ewri

te it

co

rrec

tly.

5.

Wou

ldn’

t yo

u lik

e an

y he

lp?

6.

I don

’t s

ee m

y te

ache

r no

whe

re.

7.

Ther

e w

asn’

t no

body

in t

he c

afet

eria

.

Alic

e do

es n

ot s

ee th

at w

e ar

e w

avin

g.

She

is w

orrie

d th

at w

e ha

ve n

ot a

rriv

ed.

I am

gla

d th

at y

ou d

id n

ot s

tay

hom

e.

It is

not

cle

ar th

at h

e is

the

win

ner.

A po

ssib

le re

spon

se is

sho

wn.

corr

ect

I don

’t se

e m

y te

ache

r any

whe

re.

Ther

e w

asn’

t any

body

in th

e ca

fete

ria.

102

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_102

.indd

10

28/

29/0

6 7

:19:

59 P

M

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Use

cap

ital

lett

ers

and

co

mm

as c

orr

ectl

y.

1.

my

fath

er m

y si

ster

and

i w

atch

the

sta

rs e

very

nig

ht.

2.

we

sit

outs

ide

in ju

ne ju

ly a

nd a

ugus

t.

3.

ther

e is

a t

eles

cop

e at

sch

ool a

nd i

can

use

it.

4.

mrs

. mor

gan

help

s us

poi

nt t

he t

eles

cop

e to

war

d m

ars.

5.

on m

onda

y w

e lo

ok a

t ju

pite

r bu

t on

tue

sday

we

look

at

satu

rn.

6.

the

sky

is b

right

with

fire

wor

ks o

n in

dep

ende

nce

day.

7.

i lie

in t

he g

rass

clo

se m

y ey

es a

nd li

sten

.

8.

kare

n le

arns

abo

ut t

he p

lane

ts a

t lin

coln

ele

men

tary

sch

ool.

9.

she

read

s bo

oks

look

s at

pic

ture

s an

d as

ks q

uest

ions

.

10.

stud

ents

can

wat

ch a

sho

rt m

ovie

or

they

can

rea

d q

uiet

ly.

My

fath

er, m

y si

ster

, and

I w

atch

the

star

s ev

ery

nigh

t.

We

sit o

utsi

de in

Jun

e, J

uly,

and

Aug

ust.

Ther

e is

a te

lesc

ope

at s

choo

l, an

d I c

an u

se it

.

Mrs

. Mor

gan

help

s us

poi

nt th

e te

lesc

ope

tow

ard

Mar

s.

On M

onda

y w

e lo

ok a

t Jup

iter,

but o

n Tu

esda

y w

e lo

ok a

t Sat

urn.

The

sky

is b

right

with

fire

wor

ks o

n In

depe

nden

ce D

ay.

I lie

in th

e gr

ass,

clo

se m

y ey

es, a

nd li

sten

.

Kare

n le

arns

abo

ut th

e pl

anet

s at

Lin

coln

Ele

men

tary

Sch

ool.

She

read

s bo

oks,

look

s at

pic

ture

s, a

nd a

sks

ques

tions

.

Stud

ents

can

wat

ch a

sho

rt m

ovie

, or t

hey

can

read

qui

etly

.

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

103

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_103

.indd

103

8/29

/06

7:30

:39

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

ePu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

Rew

rite

eac

h t

itle

co

rrec

tly.

Th

e w

ord

s in

p

aren

thes

es (

) t

ell w

hat

kin

d o

f ti

tle

each

on

e is

.

1.

Cha

rlie

and

the

Cho

cola

te F

acto

ry (

book

)

2.

In W

hich

Pig

let

Is E

ntire

ly S

urro

unde

d by

Wat

er (

chap

ter

from

a b

ook)

3.

Hic

kory

, Dic

kory

, Doc

k (s

ong)

4.

Rang

er R

ick

(mag

azin

e)

5.

Lake

Cou

ntry

Gaz

ette

(ne

wsp

aper

)

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

. Wri

te t

itle

s co

rrec

tly.

6.

Hav

e yo

u re

ad t

he b

ook

Litt

le H

ouse

on

the

Prai

rie?

7.

My

little

sis

ter

likes

the

son

g Th

ree

Blin

d M

ice.

8.

Robe

rt L

ouis

Ste

vens

on w

rote

a p

oem

cal

led

The

Lam

plig

hter

.

9.

Stud

ents

Sp

eak

is a

col

umn

in o

ur s

choo

l new

spap

er.

Char

lie a

nd th

e Ch

ocol

ate

Fact

ory

“In

Whi

ch P

igle

t Is

Entir

ely

Surr

ound

ed b

y W

ater

”

“Hic

kory

, Dic

kory

, Doc

k”

Rang

er R

ick

Lake

Cou

ntry

Gaz

ette

Have

you

read

the

book

Litt

le H

ouse

on

the

Prai

rie?

My

little

sis

ter l

ikes

the

song

“Th

ree

Blin

d M

ice.

”

Robe

rt Lo

uis

Stev

enso

n w

rote

a p

oem

cal

led

“The

Lam

plig

hter

.”

“Stu

dent

s Sp

eak”

is a

col

umn

in o

ur s

choo

l new

spap

er.

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

104

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_104

.indd

104

8/29

/06

7:31

:45

PM

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

29

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) M

r. m

erca

do i

s m

y n

eigh

bor

and

he

kn

ows

a lo

t ab

out

the

star

s. (2

) he

gave

me

a book c

alle

d f

ind

th

e co

nst

ella

tion

s. (3

) My

bro

ther

my

bes

t fr

ien

d a

nd

i r

ead

th

e book t

oge

ther

. (4) W

e le

arn

ed

that

th

ere

is a

gro

up

of

star

s n

amed

Urs

a M

ajor.

(5) t

hey

are

sup

pose

d

to l

ook l

ike

a bea

r but

they

just

look l

ike

pre

tty

star

s to

me.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is N

OT

mis

sing

one

or

mor

e co

mm

as?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

2.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

need

s tw

o co

mm

as?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a p

rop

er n

oun

that

sho

uld

be c

apita

lized

?A

Sent

ence

1B

Sent

ence

3C

Sent

ence

4D

Sent

ence

5

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

pro

noun

tha

t sh

ould

be

cap

italiz

ed?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a tit

le t

hat

shou

ld b

e ca

pita

lized

and

un

derli

ned?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

rrec

t p

rop

er n

oun?

ASe

nten

ce 1

BSe

nten

ce 2

CSe

nten

ce 3

DSe

nten

ce 4 Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

105

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_105

.indd

105

8/29

/06

7:32

:37

PM



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e Pu

nct

uat

ion

Less

on

29

Rew

rite

eac

h s

ente

nce

co

rrec

tly.

1.

som

etim

es i

sing

my

favo

rite

song

.

2.

that

son

g is

cal

led

twin

kle,

tw

inkl

e, li

ttle

sta

r.

3.

thos

e th

ree

star

s ar

e na

med

alta

ir ca

stor

and

pol

aris

.

4.

siriu

s is

the

brig

htes

t st

ar in

the

sky

and

i se

e it

at n

ight

.

5.

you

can

read

abo

ut s

tars

in a

mag

azin

e ca

lled

Ask

.

6.

mrs

. won

g re

ads

to c

hild

ren

at t

he li

brar

y in

mid

dlet

own.

7.

she

lives

in n

ew y

ork

but

she

wor

ks in

con

nect

icut

.

8.

toda

y sh

e re

ads

the

book

a c

hild

’s in

trod

uctio

n to

the

nig

ht s

ky.

Som

etim

es I

sing

my

favo

rite

song

.

That

son

g is

cal

led

“Tw

inkl

e, T

win

kle,

Litt

le S

tar.”

Thos

e th

ree

star

s ar

e na

med

Alta

ir, C

asto

r, an

d Po

laris

.

Siriu

s is

the

brig

htes

t sta

r in

the

sky,

and

I se

e it

at n

ight

.

You

can

read

abo

ut s

tars

in a

mag

azin

e ca

lled

Ask.

Mrs

. Won

g re

ads

to c

hild

ren

at th

e lib

rary

in M

iddl

etow

n.

She

lives

in N

ew Y

ork,

but

she

wor

ks in

Con

nect

icut

.

Toda

y sh

e re

ads

the

book

A C

hild

’s In

trodu

ctio

n to

the

Nigh

t Sky

.

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

106

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_106

.indd

10

68/

29/0

6 7

:33:

26 P

M

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

30

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) Y

este

rday

my

clas

s w

ent

to a

n a

nim

al p

ark.

(2) W

e sa

w lio

ns

from

th

e w

ind

ow o

f th

e sc

hoo

l bus.

(3) O

ne

lion

o

n a

roc

k.

(4) M

onke

ys p

laye

d h

app

ily

in t

he

tree

s. (5

) Som

e of

th

em c

ome

exci

ted

ly

to t

he

bus.

(6)

, I w

ill w

rite

a s

tory

about

all th

e an

imal

s I

seen

.

1.

Whi

ch o

f the

se v

erb

form

s co

uld

go in

the

bla

nk in

Se

nten

ce 3

?A

si

tB

se

tsC

sa

tD

se

t

2.

Whi

ch v

erb

need

s th

e he

lpin

g ve

rb h

ave

befo

re it

?A

w

ent

(Sen

tenc

e 1)

B

saw

(Se

nten

ce 2

)C

w

rite

(Sen

tenc

e 6)

D

seen

(Se

nten

ce 6

)

3.

Whi

ch is

the

pas

t-te

nse

form

tha

t co

uld

rep

lace

the

un

derli

ned

verb

in S

ente

nce

5?A

co

mes

B

com

edC

ca

me

D

cam

ed

4.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

an a

dver

b th

at t

ells

whe

n?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

5.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

does

NO

T ha

ve a

n ad

verb

?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

2C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

6.

Whi

ch a

dver

b co

uld

go in

the

bl

ank

in S

ente

nce

6?A

To

mor

row

B

Mor

e q

uick

lyC

M

ost

slow

lyD

M

ore

slow

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

107

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_107

.indd

10

78/

29/0

6 7

:34:

42 P

M



© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

© H

arco

urt

• G

rade

3

Nam

e

Less

on

30

Gra

mm

ar–W

riti

ng

Co

nn

ecti

on

Rea

d t

his

par

t o

f a

stud

ent’

s ro

ugh

dra

ft. T

hen

an

swer

th

e q

uest

ion

s th

at f

ollo

w.

(1) L

atis

ha,

Lat

ish

a’s

fath

er a

nd

his

fri

end

wen

t to

Ton

to

Nat

ion

al F

ore

st i

n A

rizo

na.

(2) T

hey

s

tay

lon

g but

they

had

a g

reat

tim

e. (3

) Th

ey c

amp

ed, h

iked

an

d s

wam

on

fri

day

.

(4) O

n S

aturd

ay n

igh

t th

ey s

ang

a so

ng

aroun

d t

he

cam

pfi

re

call

ed “

Mak

e N

ew F

rien

ds.

” (5)

Lat

ish

a d

idn’

t n

ever

wan

t to

lea

ve

the

fore

st.

1.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a co

ntra

ctio

n?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

2.

Whi

ch c

ontr

actio

n co

uld

go in

th

e bl

ank

in S

ente

nce

2?A

do

esn’

tB

ar

en’t

C

coul

dn’t

D

they

’re

3.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

has

a do

uble

ne

gativ

e th

at n

eeds

to

be

corr

ecte

d?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

4.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

doe

s N

OT

need

a c

omm

a ad

ded?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 2

C

Sent

ence

3D

Se

nten

ce 5

5.

Whi

ch o

f the

se s

ente

nces

has

a

pro

per

nou

n th

at is

inco

rrec

t?A

Se

nten

ce 1

B

Sent

ence

3C

Se

nten

ce 4

D

Sent

ence

5

6.

Whi

ch s

ente

nce

is c

orre

ct?

A

Sent

ence

1B

Se

nten

ce 3

C

Sent

ence

4D

Se

nten

ce 5

108

Gra

mm

ar P

ract

ice

Bo

ok

RXE

NL0

8AW

K31_

GPB

_108

.indd

10

88/

29/0

6 7

:35:

37 P

M

57 Student Edition p. 108


grammar practice book 3

Documents